Перевод: с греческого на все языки

со всех языков на греческий

Со всех языков на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

made to hold

Толкование Перевод

1 γαριτικός

γᾰρῑτικός, ή, όν,

A made to hold γάρος, βῖκος PSI5.535.36
(iii B. C.).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > γαριτικός
2 ἔχω

ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.

A ἔχῃσθα Il.19.180
: [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep. ἔχον Od.2.22
, al., [dialect] Ion. and poet. ἔχεσκον Il.13.257
, Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf. ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27
(of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg. σχήσησθα h.Cer. 366
codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, also ἔσχα IG3.1363.6
, 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper. σχές S.El. 1013
, E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as πάρασχε E.Hec. 842
, κάτασχε Id.HF 1210
); subj. σχῶ Il.21.309
, etc.; opt. σχοίην Isoc. 1.45
, in compds. σχοῖμι (as μετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484
(lyr.), κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11
); [ per.] 3pl. σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32
, σχοῖεν Th.6.33
; inf. σχεῖν Il. 16.520
, etc., [dialect] Ep. σχέμεν 8.254
(in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2 εἴχοσαν AP5.208
(Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22, ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695
): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf. ἔσχηκα Pl.Lg. 765a
, εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf. εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244
, etc.: [tense] fut. ἕξομαι Il.9.102
, etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἐσχόμην Hom.
, Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper. σχέο Il.21.379
, σχέσθε 22.416
, later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf. σχέσθαι Od.4.422
, Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, later σχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3
, freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1 ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4
, 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense, ἐσχόμην Il.17.696
, al., Hdt. 1.31 ( σχέτο Il.7.248
, 21.345), part. σχόμενος Od.11.279
, prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf. ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2
; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)

A Trans., have, hold:

I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.); οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57
, Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240; κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405
; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received, θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77
; τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618
; παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663
; πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33
, etc.; ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191
; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get, ὄνομα E. Ion 997
: also [tense] fut. σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6
; λέχος E.Hel.30
, cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed, ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130
, cf. 197.

2 keep, have charge of, ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22
; κῆπον 4.737
; Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271
; πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749
, 8.393; τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7
; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471; σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302
; ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515
, 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13; δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).

b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.

3 c. acc. loci, inhabit, οὐρανόν Il.21.267
; Ὄλυμπον 5.890
; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123
; Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24
; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men, πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177
, 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts, τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12
.

4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα) , οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569
, cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.; ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31
, cf. Th.2.29; νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27
; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.; ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.
ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass., τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398
.

5 have in one's house, entertain, Od.17.515, 20.377, h.Ven. 231, 273.

6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with, ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
, cf. 2.115; ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8
.δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.

7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171; ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277
; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get, περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42
.

8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental, γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250
; ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83
; ἕλκος Il.16.517
; λύσσαν 9.305
; μάχην ἔ. 14.57
; ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515
; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394
, etc.; βουλήν 2.344
; τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670
; τόνδε νόον καὶ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔχοντες 4.309
, cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς) ; ἄλγεα Il.5.895
, etc.; ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412
; πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105
; πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219
; πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2
, Od.8.529; οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15
; πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147
, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517; ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281
; φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301
; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut. ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29
, but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8; ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99
(but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4; ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19
; ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12
; ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85
([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted, οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515
; οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344
; ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295
; θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79
; σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143
; Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609
(unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608); ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135
; ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379
; also of external objects, αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76
; μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160
; σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331
; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e; ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3
, cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also ἔχει φάτιν Διονυσοφάνης θάψαι Μαρδόνιον Id.9.84
; [Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66
); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass., ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182
; κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409
; ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141
; νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6
; ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129
; ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34
; ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6
, ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25
; ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e
.

9 possess mentally, understand, ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476
; τέχνην Hes.Th. 770
; πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582
, cf. E.Alc.51; ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789
; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper., ἔχ', ἀποκάθαιρε Ar. Pax 1193
; ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490
; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing, μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311
; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).

10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.

11 involve, admit of, τά γ' αἰσχρὰ κἀνθάδ' αἰσχύνην ἔχει E.Andr. 244
, cf. Th.1.5; βάσανον Lys.12.31
; ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44
; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41; τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15
.

12 of Measure or Value, τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26
; ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2
; χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9
.

b Geom., ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, Id.Sph.Cyl.1.23.

13 c. dupl.acc., Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953
; Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188
; παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.
Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.

II hold:

1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold, οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517
, 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53; ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.
373.

2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047; ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571
, cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33; νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b
, cf. R. 490a.

3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear, εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538
, cf. 595; παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17
; σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376
; κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231
; τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24
, cf. 573, etc.; στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554
, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.

4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in full ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32
; also πρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26
.ιγ.

b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.

5 support, sustain, esp. an attack, c. acc. pers., Il.13.51, 20.27; cf. B.I.1, C. 111.

6 hold fast, keep close, ὀχῆες εἶχον [πύλας] 12.456; θύρην ἔχε μοῦνος ἐπιβλής 24.453
.

7 enclose, φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301
; σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219
; τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65
(lyr.); of places, contain, θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8
; ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30
.

8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fully χεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569
; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους 3.263
, cf. 11.760; φόβονδε 8.139
; τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752
, etc.; παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352
; ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279
; παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95
, etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph., ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.
(?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land, νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92
; σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40
; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129; τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.); ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445
; ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272
; τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360
; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; so πρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25
.

9 hold in, stay, keep back, ἵππους Il.4.302
, 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense, τὸ πεπρωμένον οὐ σιδάρεον σχήσει τεῖχος Pi.Fr. 232
, cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, but ἕξω Il.13.51
); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848; ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451
; σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502
(so εἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93
); ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445
; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.); πόδα Id.IT 1159
; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass., οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5
.

10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687; γόων S.El. 375
; φόνου E.HF 1005
: c.inf., ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182
; stop, hinder from doing, τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11
, cf. HG4.8.5; ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686
, cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.; μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658
; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11; τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691
, cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part., ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888
(troch.); μαργῶντα E.Ph. 1156
.

11 keep back, withhold a thing, ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231
, cf. D.30.14; Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115
, cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.

12 hold in guard, keep safe, Il.24.730; of armour, protect, 22.322.

13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place, εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54
, cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230; ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79
; σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346
, cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37; σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085
; τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11
.

14 hold, consider, τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3
(dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164; τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5
; τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32
; ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18
, cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).

III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.; πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047
: sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281; ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379
; ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452
; ὡς ἔχω Id.Hec. 614
.

b have to face, be obliged, παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63
; εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5
H.; βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50
.

2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not.., οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
, cf. Isoc.12.130; οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710
; οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24
; οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705
; ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743
; the two constructions combined, οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270
.

IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.), ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505
, cf. 1262, 1840.

B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27; νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492
; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169; ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793
, cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.; ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26
.

2 hold fast, οὐδέ οἱ ἔσχεν ὀστέον Il.16.740
; cf. A.11.

6

3 c. gen., keep from, πολέμου Th.1.112
(cf. c. IV).

4 with Preps., to be engaged or busy, ἀμφί τι A.Th. 102
(lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.; περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28
.

II simply, be, ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435
; ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39
; περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128
; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91; ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88
(lyr.); ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238
; ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226
, etc.

2 freq. with Advbs. of manner, εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245
, etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45; εὖ σχήσει S.Aj. 684
); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10; ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981
; οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639
; οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7
, cf. Hdt.6.16; πρός τι D. 9.45
; τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336
; κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854
; ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63
; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114; ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134
, X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610; ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30
; τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41
; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.

b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d; εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108
; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59; ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107
; ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22
; ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345
, cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d; οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56
; μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32
; ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d
; οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11
: also c. acc., εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a
, cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat., οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315
; πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75
; τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10
.

III of direction, hold or turn towards, v. supr. A.11.8.

2 stand up, jut out, κίονες ὑψόσ' ἔχοντες Od.19.38
; δι' ὤμου ἔγχος ἔσχεν Il.13.520
.

3 lead towards, ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180
, cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards, ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81
; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to, ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64
.

4 ἐπί τινι ἔ. have hostile feelings to wards.., Id.6.49, S.Ant. 987 (lyr.).

IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense, κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42
; ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37
; ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355
, cf. Th. 706; freq. in S., θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140
, cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose, ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1
; ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33
: less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part., πατρίδα καταστένουσ' ἔχεις E.Tr. 318
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.

2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c; κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35
(and so possibly ἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23
); παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8
: so in later Prose, παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24
; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.

C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely, τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433
, cf. Il.1.513, etc.; πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329
: mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429; χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435
; βρετέων A. Th.98
(lyr.); ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101
; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.

2 metaph., cleave, cling to, ἔργου Hdt. 8.11
, X.HG7.2.19; γεωργίας BGU7.6
(iii A.D.); τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a
; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409; τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140
; lay hold on, take advantage of, τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32
; προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94
; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to, ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17
; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424; ἀληθείας Pl.Lg. 709c
; κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17
, etc.

3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4; ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9
; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3; ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15
(iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (without τούτοις Isoc.6.29
).

4 depend, ἔκ τινος Od.6.197
, 11.346: c. gen., σέο δ' ἕξεται Il.9.102
.

b to be connected with by etymology, τὸ θύειν τοῦ θυμιᾶν εἴχετο Porph.Abst.2.59
.

5 pertain to, ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b
; ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e
; ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b
, etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193; ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77
; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.

II bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, Od.1.334; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ' ἔσχετο his shield, Il.12.294, cf. 298, 20.262.

III maintain oneself, hold one's ground, 12.126; ἔχεο κρατερῶς 16.501
.

2 c. acc., keep off from oneself, repel, 17.639 (unless σχήσεσθαι is [voice] Pass., cf. 9.235).

IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84; βίης Od.4.422
; ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129
; τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85
; τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169
; τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891
(lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328; οὐκ ἂν ἐσχόμην τὸ μὴ ἀποκλῇσαι S.OT 1387
; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316; Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174
: abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.

V [voice] Pass. of ἔχω B. 1
, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πρήγματα are balanced on.., Hdt.6.11.

------------------------------------

ἔχω (B),

A bear, carry, bring, imper. ϝεχέτω Schwyzer 686.24
(Pamphyl., iv B. C.): [ per.] 3sg. [tense] aor. 1
ἔϝεξε
brought as an offering, Inscr.Cypr. 66
H. (Cf. Skt. váhati, Lat. veho, Γαιάϝοχος.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔχω
3 κατέχω

κατέχω impf. κατεῖχον; fut. καθέξω LXX, 3 pl. κατασχήσουσι (JosAs 16 [p. 64, 18 Bat. and cod. A]); 2 aor. κατέσχον. Pass.: fut. 2 pl. κατασχεθήσεσθε Ruth 1:13; aor. 3 sg. κατεσχέθη LXX (s. ἔχω; Hom.+). Trans. in all mngs. below, except 7.

① to prevent the doing of someth. or cause to be ineffective, prevent, hinder, restrain

ⓐ to hold someone back from going away hold back, hinder, prevent from going away (Hom. et al.; BGU 1205, 27 [28 B.C.]; 37, 6 [50 A.D.]; PFay 109, 11; Gen 24:56; cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 76; Just., A I, 45, 1) Hs 9, 11, 6. ὸ̔ν ἐβουλόμην πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν κ. whom I wished to keep with me Phlm 13. Foll. by gen. of the inf. w. article (B-D-F §400, 4) οἱ ὄχλοι κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπʼ αὐτῶν Lk 4:42.

ⓑ hold down, suppress τὶ someth. (γέλωτα X., Cyr. 2, 2, 1; Chariton 3, 7, 4 τ. λύπην; WCrum, Coptic Ostraca p. 4, 522=Dssm., LO 260 [LAE 306]=PGM II 233, no. O 1, 1–3 Κρόνος, ὁ κατέχων τὸν θυμὸν ὅλων τ. ἀνθρώπων, κάτεχε τ. θυμὸν Ὡρι; cp. II, 7, 935f, p 41; Jos., Vi. 233 τ. ὀργήν) τ. ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ stifle the truth by unrighteousness/ wickedness Ro 1:18 (cp. JFitzmyer, Ro [AB], ’93, 278; but s. 6 below).

ⓒ to prevent someone from exercising power, restrain, check (Thu. 6, 29, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 149 §622 τοῦ δαίμονος κατέχοντος τὸ πέλαγος=divine power held the sea back until Alexander reached the other shore; PGiss 70, 3 [II A.D.] ἡ ἀναγραφὴ κατέσχεν ἡμᾶς μέχρι ὥρας ἕκτης) ἵνα μὴ κατέξω τ̣ὰ [προς]|τεταγμένα καὶ ἐπεικίμ̣[εν]α so that I might not delay (carrying out) the instructions and orders AcPl Ha 7, 14f. τὸ κατέχον (Themistocl., Ep. 13, 4) 2 Th 2:6 and ὁ κατέχων vs. 7 mean that which restrains and one who restrains, i.e. what prevents God’s adversary fr. coming out in open opposition to God, for the time being. In an effort to define κ. more specifically here, many interpreters have followed the exegesis of the ancient church (Tertullian) and taken τὸ κ. to be the Roman Empire and ὁ κ. the Emperor (OBetz, NTS 9, ’63, 276–91). An alternative view, as old as Theodore of Mops., but without sustained acceptance, would make τὸ κ. the preaching of Christian missionaries and ὁ κ. the apostle Paul (so OCullmann, Dodd Festschr. ’56, 409–21). These and other attempts to limit more precisely the mng. of these terms in 2 Th invite skepticism because of insufficient textual data (vs. 5 appears to imply in-house information). The concept of the temporary restraining of the forces of hell (cp. Rtzst., Poim. 27 late Egyptian prayer 6, 4 Horus as κατέχων δράκοντα=PGM 4, 994f; cp. 2770 Μιχαὴλ … κατέχων, ὸ̔ν καλέουσι δράκοντα μέγαν) does not appear to play any role here.—WBousset, D. Antichrist 1895; NFreese, StKr 93, 1921, 73–77; VHartl, ZKT 45, 1921, 455–75; WSchröder, D. 2. Thess. 1929, 8–15; DBuzy, RSR 24, ’34, 402–31; OCullmann, RThAM 1, ’38, 26–61; JSchmid, TQ 129, ’49, 323–43; OBetz, NTS 9, ’63, 276–91. Difft. CGiblin, Threat to Faith ’67, 167–242, a hostile power. S. also JTownsend, SBLSP 19, ’80, 233–46; RAus, JBL 96, ’77, 537–53; New Docs 3, 28.

ⓓ to hold back with design hold back τὶ someth. κ. ἐν μυστηρίῳ τὴν σοφὴν αὐτοῦ βουλήν hold back his wise plan as a secret Dg 8:10.

② to adhere firmly to traditions, convictions, or beliefs, hold to, hold fast (cp. the lit. sense λαμπάδας ἐν ταῖς χερσίν ParJer 3:2)

ⓐ keep in one’s memory (Theophr., Char. 26, 2, a word of Homer) εἰ κατέχετε if you hold it fast 1 Cor 15:2.

ⓑ hold fast, retain faithfully (X., Symp. 8, 26 τ. φιλίαν; TestJud 26:1 τ. ὁδούς) τὸν λόγον Lk 8:15. τὰς παραδόσεις guard the traditions 1 Cor 11:2. τὸ καλόν hold fast what is good 1 Th 5:21; Agr 11. τὴν παρρησίαν βεβαίαν κ. keep the confidence firm Hb 3:6; cp. vs. 14. κ. τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἀκλινῆ 10:23.

③ to keep in one’s possession, possess (Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 159; 160; Polyb. 1, 2, 3; IMagnMai 105, 51 [II B.C.] ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατέχωσίν τε καρπίζωνταί τε; Ezk 33:24; Da 7:18, 22; Ath. 8:3) τὶ someth. Mt 21:38 v.l.; ὡς μηδὲν ἔχοντες καὶ πάντα κατέχοντες 2 Cor 6:10 (DMealand [ZNW 67, ’76, 277–79] cites Ps.-Crates Ep. 7 Hercher=p. 58 no. 7, 8 Malherbe: ἔχοντες μηδὲν πάντʼ ἔχομεν, ὑμεῖς δὲ πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). Abs. 1 Cor 7:30.

④ to keep within limits in a confining manner, confine

ⓐ in prison keep, confine (PFlor 61, 60; BGU 372 I, 16; Gen 39:20; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 21) pass. Χριστιανοὶ κατέχονται ὡς ἐν φρουρᾷ τῷ κόσμῳ they are confined in the world as in a prison Dg 6:7.

ⓑ by law: ἀποθανόντες ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα having died to that by which we were bound Ro 7:6 (cp. PAmh 97, 17 οὐ κατασχεθήσομαι τῇ ὑποσχέσει; PRyl 117, 13).

ⓒ by disease (Diod S 4, 14, 5; Philo, Op. M. 71, Congr. Erud. Grat. 138; PSI 299, 3 κατεσχέθην νόσῳ; act., Jer 13:21; Jos., Vi. 48) Lk 4:38 D; J 5:4 v.l.

⑤ to have a place as one’s own, take into one’s possession, occupy (Hdt. 5, 72 et al.; PAmh 30, 26 [II B.C.] τὴν οἰκίαν) τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον Lk 14:9 (cp. Philosoph. Max. 491, 69 τὸν κάλλιστον κατέχουσι τόπον; Jos., Ant. 8, 104). Cp. GPt 5:15.—AcPl Ha 5, 28 [κατ]ε̣ῖ̣χεν αὐτὰς ἔκστασις perh. means astonishment overcame them.

⑥ lay claim to, legal t.t. Ro 1:18 (the point is that a claim is made for truth, which is denied in practice, cp. vss. 22f; s. FDanker, in Gingrich Festschr. 93. For a difft. interpr. see 1b above).

⑦ hold course, nautical t.t., intr. (Hdt. 7, 188 κατέσχε ἐς τὸν αἰγιαλόν; Dicaearchus, Fgm. 85 W. εἰς Δῆλον κατέσχε; Polyb. 1, 25, 7; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 4, 13 p. 133, 5; 5, 18 p. 178, 13; cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 204) κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν they headed for the beach Ac 27:40.

⑧ Perh. in the sense of determine (cp. προσέχω 2c) κατεχόντων εἰ ἄρα ἀληθῶς ἀπέθανεν AcPt Ox 849, 2f; s. ed.’s notes.—M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατέχω
4 τίθημι

τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.

A τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,
τίθης
l), Alc.
890
codd. pler., corrupted to τιθείς Pl.R. 376e
Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717; περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep. τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 ( τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg. τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. τίθητι SIG 331.13
(Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl. τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor. τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) ( τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b
; ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d
, Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.; ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep. τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. τίθεσαν Od.22.456
; τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
; πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); late ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper. τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep. τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744
, Pi.P.1.40; τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50
(Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf. θησέμεναι Il.12.35
, θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic, ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep. θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. θές Ar.Lys. 185
, etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion. θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep. θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl. θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT), προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, and κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. θεῖεν S.OC 865
; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.
θέμεναι Il.2.285
, θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor. θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part. θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324
(iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c
; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039
, Pl. Sph. 237b, τίθου A.Eu. 226
, [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part. τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut. θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg. ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part. θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2 ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg. θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper. θέο Od. 10.333
, θοῦ S.OC 466
; subj. θῶμαι E.HF 486
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg. θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. θείμην S.Ant. 188
, etc.; [ per.] 3sg. θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. τίθεμαι SIG57.25
(Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268
, Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. ἐτέθην E.HF 1245
, Lys.31.28, etc. ( ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327
codd. (but f.l.); part. τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense) ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.

A in local sense, set, put, place, λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.; θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself, δίφρον 20.387
);
ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down, IG42(1).122.31
(Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,

a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412; προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
; χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion, ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204; ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med., ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.

b with Preps. of local sense, θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160
([voice] Med., ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.; ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92
(v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
; ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
; τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
; ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310; ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110
([voice] Med., ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.

c in Poets also with dat. only, χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med., κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.

II Special phrases:

1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or χείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597; οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.

2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.

3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.

4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.

b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).

5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816
: hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123; σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d
: also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82; περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448
codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29; μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.); ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.

6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart, ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470; ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; also μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121
; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449; καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
; θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729; θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.

7 deposit, as in a bank, τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5
; ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86
.ά, cf. Od.13.207; τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.); ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
; συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e
, cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.

8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3; τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
; τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
; τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.); τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med., θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).

9 put down in writing, θοῦ δ' ἐν φρενῶν δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους S.Fr. 597
(cj. Nauck):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα Pl.Lg. 793b
.

b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13; θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ θήσομαι λίαν E.Med. 532
; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.

10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,

a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.

b bear arms, fight, τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
; τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
; ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.

c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act., τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).

d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3; εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.

II lay in the grave, bury, ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83
(freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass., τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e; ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.

12 τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα
kneel down, Ev.Marc. 15.19
, Ev.Luc.22.41, al.

III set up, of the prizes in games, ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; νικητήρια S.Fr. 537
(so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a
; ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142
; so also τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.

2 set up in a temple, dedicate, ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
; τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).

IV assign, award, τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
; ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75
.

V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass., τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
; κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512
: c. dat. et inf., γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.

2 [voice] Med., agree upon, ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.

3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.

VI establish, institute, ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845
, cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.); πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.

VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods, οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180; ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.); τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846; τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.); ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737; τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
; τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287
:—[voice] Med., administer for oneself, οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
; ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.
τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17
; τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
; τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
; τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59
; τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
; εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
; τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5; τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι) , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up, ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
; θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82; ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633
; τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140
: abs., θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass., εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.

2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice, πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39; ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26; στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.

B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:

I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.; θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.; ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.

2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483; τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.

b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363; ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274; ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
; ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086
; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.

3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).

b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.

c generally, προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.

4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.); μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178
(lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.

II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270
(lyr.); τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b
, cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c; εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; with ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a; μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.

2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.

3 folld. by Preps., τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
; ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
; ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
; ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23
(i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani)); ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876; ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
; ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
; ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.

4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.

5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.

6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.

7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.

C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist, ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.

2 make, cause, bring to pass, ἔργα Il.3.321
; τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
; ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
; ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers., σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2
, etc.; πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; φόως ἑτάροισιν 6
6, etc.; χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
; πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
; εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
; αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).

3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418; θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158
; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226; εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.

4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5; μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276; θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
; περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι
5 ποιέω

ποιέω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ποιϝέω IG4.800 ([place name] Troezen), etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.

A ποίεον Il. 20.147
; [var] contr. ποίει 18.482
; [dialect] Ion. ποιέεσκον Hdt.1.36
, 4.78: [tense] fut. ποιήσω: [tense] aor. ἐποίησα, [dialect] Ep. ποίησα Il.18.490
: [tense] pf. πεποίηκα:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. ποιεέσκετο Hdt.7.119
: [tense] fut. ποιήσομαι Il.9.397
: in pass. sense, Hp.Decent.11, Arist.Metaph. 1021a23: [tense] aor. ἐποιησάμην, [dialect] Ep. ποι- Od.5.251
, al.: [tense] pf. πεποίημαι in med. sense, And.4.22, Decr. ap. D. 18.29:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ποιηθήσομαι ([etym.] μετα-) D.23.62, v. supr.; πεποιήσομαι Hp.Mul.1.11
,37: [tense] aor. ἐποιήθην Hdt.2.159
, etc. (used as [voice] Med. only in compd. προς-): [tense] pf. πεποίημαι Il.6.56
, etc.:—[dialect] Att. [full] ποῶ (EM 679.24), etc., is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Com., as ποῶ S. OT 918
, ποεῖν Id.Tr. 385
, ποεῖς Ar.Ach. 410
, etc., and found in cod. Laur. of S., cod. Rav. of Ar., also IG12.39.6 ([etym.] ποήσω), 82.9 ([etym.] ποεῖ), 154.7 ([etym.] ἐποησάτην), etc.; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr.: πο- also in [dialect] Aeol. πόημι πόης πόει PBouriant8.71
,75, Sapph. Supp.1.9, al., and Arc. ποέντω, = ποιούντων, IG5(2).6.9 (Tegea, iv B.C.); cf. ποιητής.

0-0 Used in two general senses, make and do.

A make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opp. πράττειν, Pl.Chrm. 163b), in Hom. freq. of building, π. δῶμα, τύμβον, Il.1.608,7.435; εἴδωλον Od.4.796
; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] Il.7.339; of smith's work, π. σάκος ib. 222; ἐν [σάκεϊ] ποίει δαίδαλα πολλά 18.482
, cf. 490, 573: freq. in Inscrr. on works of art, Πολυμήδης ἐποίϝηh' (= ἐποίησε ) Ἀργεῖος SIG5
(vi B.C., cf. Class.Phil.20.139); Θεόπροπος ἐποίει Αἰγινάτας SIG18
(vi/v B.C.), etc.; ἐποίησε Τερψικλῆς ib.3b(Milet., vi B.C.), etc.; τίς.. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίει; Herod.4.22
; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, Hdt.7.65; ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου X.An. 5.3.9
; πλοῖα ἐκ τῆς ἀκάνθης ποιεύμενα Hdt.2.96
; καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι ἐκ βοῶν X.An.4.5.14
: c. gen. materiae, πωρίνου λίθου π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.5.62
; ἔρυμα λίθων λογάδην πεποιημένον Th.4.31
; φοίνικος αἱ θύραι πεποιημέναι X.Cyr.7.5.22
: rarely
ποιεῖσθαί τινι
to be made with.., Longus 1.4
; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα.. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, Hdt.4.192; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται Sch.Patm.D.in BCH1.144:—[voice] Med., make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, Il.12.168, cf. 5.735, Od.5.251, 259, Hes.Op. 503; [ῥεῖθρον] π., of a river, Thphr. HP3.1.5; also, have a thing made, get it made, ὀβελούς Hdt.2.135
; στεφάνους οὓς ἐποιησάμην τῷ χορῷ D.21.16
, cf. X.An.5.3.5; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of A., Pl.Ep. 361a; αὑτοῦ εἰκόνας Plu. Them.5
, cf. Inscr.Prien.25.9 (iii B.C.?).

2 create, bring into existence, γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον Hes.Op. 110
, cf. Th. 161, 579, etc.;
ὁ ποιῶν
the creator, Pl.Ti. 76c
; ἕτερον Φίλιππον ποιήσετε D.4.11
:—[voice] Med., beget, υἱόν And.1.124
; ἔκ τινος Id.4.22
; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, = παιδοποιεῖσθαι, X.Cyr.5.3.19, D.57.43; conceive, παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος Pl.Smp. 203b
:—[voice] Act. in this sense only in later Gr., Plu.2.312a; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι ib.145d.

3 generally, produce, ὕδωρ π., of Zeus, Ar.V. 261: impers., ἐὰν πλείω ποιῇ ὕδατα, = ἐὰν ὕη, Thphr.CP1.19.3; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, Arist.HA 522b32; ἄρρεν π., of an egg, Ael.VH1.15; μέλι ἄριστον π., of Hymettus, Str.9.1.23; π. καρπόν, of trees, Ev.Matt.3.10 (metaph. in religious sense, ib.8); of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, Ar. Pax 1322; π. σίτου μεδίμνους D.42.20
; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, Plot.2.3.1.

b Math., make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.16,38, Con.Sph.12; ὁ Α τὸν Γ πολλαπλασιάσας τὸν Η πεποίηκεν Euc.7.19
:—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω ὡς.. let it be contrived that.., Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.6.

c postulate, imply, ἡ προσθήκη ἀφαίρεσιν καὶ ἔλλειψιν ποιεῖ Plot.3.9.3
.

d π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49,51; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.2,3.

4 after Hom., of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, Hdt.1.23, 4.14; π. θεογονίην Ἕλλησι Id.2.53
; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, Ar.Th. 153, 157; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc., Pl.Smp. 223d; παλινῳδίαν Isoc.10.64
, Pl.Phdr. 243b, etc.; ποιήματα Id.Phd. 60d
: abs., write poetry, write as a poet, ὀρθῶς π. Hdt.3.38
; ἐν τοῖσι ἔπεσι π. Id.4.16
, cf. Pl. Ion 534b: folld. by a quotation, ἐπόησάς ποτε.. Ar.Th. 193
; εἴς τινα Pl.Phd. 61b
; περὶ θεῶν Id.R. 383a
, etc.

b represent in poetry, Ὅμηρον Ἀχιλλέα πεποιηκέναι ἀμείνω Ὀδυσσέως Pl.Hp.Mi. 369c
, cf. 364c, Smp. 174b; ποιήσας τὸν Ἀχιλλέα λέγοντα having represented Achilles saying, Plu.2.105b, cf. 25d, Pl. Grg. 525d, 525e, Arist.Po. 1453b29.

c describe in verse, θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν Pl.R. 379a
; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, Id.Phd. 61b; μῦθον Lycurg.100
.

d invent, καινοὺς θεούς Pl.Euthphr.3b
; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] Hdt.3.115; πεποιημένα ὀνόματα Arist.Rh. 1404b29
, cf.Po. 1457b2; opp. αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, D.H.Is.7, Pomp. 2.

II bring about, cause, τελευτήν Od.1.250
; γαλήνην 5.452
; φόβον Il.12.432
; σιωπὴν παρὰ πάντων X.HG6.3.10
; τέρψιν τοῖς θεωμένοις Id.Mem.3.10.8
; αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει Isoc.7.54
, etc.; also of things, ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά X.Mem.4.3.14
; ταὐτὸν ἐποίει αὐτοῖς νικᾶν τε μαχομένοις καὶ μηδὲ μάχεσθαι Th.7.6
, cf. 2.89.

b c. acc. et inf., cause or bring about that.., σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον Od.23.258
; π. τινὰ κλύειν S.Ph. 926
; π. τινὰ βλέψαι Ar.Pl. 459
, cf. 746; π. τινὰ τριηραρχεῖν Id.Eq. 912
, cf. Av.59; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc., X.Cyr.4.5.48, 2.2.13, Pl.Tht. 149a, etc.: with ὥστε inserted, X.Cyr.3.2.29, Ar.Eq. 351, etc.: folld. by a relat. clause, π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη Hdt.5.109
, cf. 1.209; ὡς ἂν.. εἰδείην ἐποίουν X.Cyr.6.3.18
:—also [voice] Med., ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν ib.6.1.23.

2 procure, π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι Th.8.76
; ὁ νόμος π. τὴν κληρονομίαν τισί Is.11.1
; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, D.10.76:—[voice] Med., procure for oneself, gain, κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ' Od.2.126
; ἄδειαν Th.6.60
; τιμωρίαν ἀπό τινων Id.1.25
; τὸν βίον ἀπὸ γεωργίας X.Oec.6.11
, cf. Th.1.5.

3 of sacrifices, festivals, etc., celebrate, π. ἱρά Hdt.9.19
, cf. 2.49 ([voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.); π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι X.HG4.5.1
; π. Ἴσθμια ib.4.5.2; τῇ θεῷ ἑορτὴν δημοτελῆ π. Th.2.15
; παννυχίδα π. Pl.R. 328a
; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, LXXEx.31.16; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, Pl. Mx. 234b; π. ἐπαρήν SIG38.30
(Teos, v B.C.); also of political assemblies, π. ἐκκλησίαν Ar.Eq. 746
, Th.1.139; π. μυστήρια Id.6.28
([voice] Pass.); ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν Id.1.67
:—[voice] Med., ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο Il.8.2
; ἢν θυσίην τις ποιῆται Hdt.6.57
(v.l.); δημοσίᾳ ταφὰς ἐποιήσαντο Th.2.34
; π. ἀγῶνα Id.4.91
; π. ἐκκλησίαν τοῖς Γρᾳξὶ περὶ μισθοῦ Ar.Ach. 169
.

4 of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war, πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ' εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. Is.11.48
; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), X.An.5.5.24; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), Ar. Pax 1199; σπονδὰς π. X.An.4.3.14
; ξυμμαχίαν ποιῆσαι Th.2.29
; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), And.3.11; σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι Th.1.28
, etc.:—[voice] Pass., ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη Hdt.1.77
, etc.

5 freq. in [voice] Med. with Nouns periphr. for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, Od.21.71; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, Hdt.2.29; π. ὁδόν Id.7.42
, 110, 112, etc.; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, Id.6.95, cf. Antipho 5.21; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, Hdt.6.95; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, Id.1.68; ὀργὴν π., for ὀργίζεσθαι, Id.3.25; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, Id.1.127; βουλὴν π., for βουλεύεσθαι, Id.6.101; συμβολὴν π., for συμβάλλεσθαι, Id.9.45; τὰς μάχας π., for μάχεσθαι, S.El. 302, etc.; καταφυγὴν π., for καταφεύγειν, Antipho 1.4; ἀγῶνα π., for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Th.2.89; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of.., Hdt.7.156; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, Th.1.128; also simply for λέγειν, Lys.25.2, cf. Pl.R. 527a, etc.; also π. δι' ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, Hdt.6.4, 8.134.

III with Adj. as predic., make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, Od.23.12; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them, 13.42, cf. Il.12.30; τοὺς Μήδους ἀσθενεῖς π. X.Cyr.1.5.2
, etc.; χρήσιμον ἐξ ἀχρήστου π. Pl.R. 411b
: with a Subst., ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, Il. 15.363; ποιεῖν τινα βασιλῆα Od.1.387
; ταμίην ἀνέμων 10.21
; γέροντα 16.456
; ἄκοιτίν τινι Il.24.537
; γαμβρὸν ἑόν Hes.Th. 818
; [μύρμηκας] ἄνδρας π. [καὶ] γυναῖκας Id.Fr.76.5
; πολιήτας π. τινάς Hdt.7.156
; Ἀθηναῖον π. τινά Th.2.29
, etc.; π. τινὰ παράδειγμα Isoc.4.39
: hence, appoint, instal, τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών LXX 1 Ki.12.6
; δώδεκα Ev.Marc.3.14
:—[voice] Med., ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, Hes. Op. 707, cf. 714; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, Il.3.409, 9.397, cf. Od.5.120, etc.; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, Il.9.495, etc.; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, Hdt. 6.57: without υἱόν, adopt, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη D.41.3
, cf. 39.6,33, 44.25, Pl.Lg. 923c, etc.; π. τινὰ θυγατέρα Hdt.4.180
: generally, ἅπαντας ἢ σῦς ἠὲ λύκους π. Od.10.433
; π. τινὰ πολίτην Isoc.9.54
; μαθητήν Pl.Cra. 428b
; τὰ κρέα π. εὔτυκα Hdt. 1.119
; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, Id.9.45, etc.; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ.. ἔργον makes it his own, Id.1.129; μηδ' ἃ μὴ 'θιγες ποιοῦ σεαυτῆς S.Ant. 547
.

IV put in a certain place or condition, etc., ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς.. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ' Od.14.274
; σφῶϊν ὧδε θεῶν τις ἐνὶ φρεσὶ ποιήσειεν Il.13.55
; αἲ γὰρ τοῦτο θεοὶ ποιήσειαν ἐπὶ νόον νησιώτῃσι Hdt.1.27
, cf. 71; ἐν αἰσχύνῃ π. τὴν πόλιν D.18.136
; τὰς ναῦς ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ π. Th.1.109
; ἔξω κεφαλὴν π. Hdt.5.33
; ἔξω βελῶν τὴν τάξιν π. X.Cyr.4.1.3
; ἐμαυτὸν ὡς πορρωτάτω π. τῶν ὑποψιῶν Isoc.3.37
; of troops, form them, ὡς ἂν κράτιστα.. X.An.5.2.11
, cf. 3.4.21; in politics, ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. Th.8.53
; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, D.18.48; μήτε τοὺς νόμους μήθ' ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς λέγουσι π. Id.58.61
:—[voice] Med., ποιέεσθαι ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt.1.201
, cf.5.103, etc.; ὑπὸ χεῖρα X.Ages.1.22
; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, Th.3.3, 8.1; τινὰς ἐς τὸ συμμαχικόν Hdt.9.106
; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, Th.2.83, cf. 6.67; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (v. ἐκποδών) ; ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν X.An. 1.10.9
.

2 Math., multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ' ἑαυτὰ π., Hero Metr.1.8, 2.14.

V [voice] Med., deem, consider, reckon a thing as.., συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, Hdt.1.83, 6.61; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, Id.1.127, etc. (rarely in [voice] Act., δεινὰ π. 2.121
.έ, Th.5.42); μέγα π. c. inf., deem it a great matter that.., Hdt.8.3, cf. 3.42, etc.; μεγάλα π. ὅτι.. Id.1.119
; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, Pl.Grg. 489c; οὐκέτι ἀνασχετὸν π. τι Th.1.118
: freq. with Preps., δι' οὐδενὸς π. deem of no account, S.OC 584; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π., Hdt.1.118,7.138; ἐν σμικρῷ μέρει S.Ph. 498
; ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ Th.4.5
; ἐν ὀργῇ D.1.16
; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, Hdt. 1.131; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, Id.9.42; παρ' ὀλίγον π. τι X. An.6.6.11
; περὶ πολλοῦ π., Lat. magni facere, Lys.1.1, etc.; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π., Id.14.40, Pl.Ap. 21e, etc.; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, Isoc.17.58, 18.63; περὶ παντός Id.2.15
(rarely πολλοῦ π. τι Pl.Prt. 328d
); πρὸ πολλοῦ π. c. inf., Isoc.5.138.

VI put the case, assume that.., ποιήσας ἀν' ὀγδώκοντα ἄνδρας ἐνεῖναι Hdt.7.184
, cf. 186, X.An.5.7.9: without inf., ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ ποιήσωμεν περιστερεῶνά τινα (sc. εἶναι) Pl.Tht. 197d:—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω δή be it assumed then, ib.e;
οἱ φιλοσοφώτατοι ποιούμενοι
those who are reputed.., Id.R. 498a
, cf. 538c, 573b:—but for τὸν φιλόσοφον ποιώμεθα νομίζειν ib. 581d read τί οἰώμεθα..;

VII of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, D.19.163 codd.; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, PCair.Zen.48.4 (iii B.C.); μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, Pl.Phlb. 50d, cf. AP11.85 (Lucill.); ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, D.54.26; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ' ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, Th.7.28(s.v.l.); ποιήσουσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά LXXPr.13.23
, cf. To.10.7; δύο ἡμέρας ποιεῖ ἐν τῷ Ἀνουβιείῳ UPZ70.21
(ii B.C.), cf. PSI4.362.15 (iii B.C.); τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. D.S.1.35
; tarry, stay, μῆνας τρεῖς Act.Ap. 20.3
, cf. AP11.330 (Nicarch.).

VIII in later Greek, sacrifice, μοσχάριον LXXEx.29.36
; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος ib.Jb.42.8: without acc., π. Ἀστάρτῃ sacrifice to Ashtoreth, ib.3 Ki.11.33.

IX make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον ib.Ge.18.7 sq.; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it, ib.2 Ki.19.24(25).

X ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king, ib.3 Ki.20 (21).7.

B do, much like πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν D. 4.5; περὶ ὧν πράττει καὶ μέλλει ποιεῖν Id.8.2
, cf. 18.62; ἄριστα πεποίηται Il.6.56
; πλείονα χρηστὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν Ar.Eq. 811
; τὰ δίκαια τοῖς εὐεργέταις D.20.12
; ἅμα ἔπος τε καὶ ἔργον ἐποίεε Hdt.3.134
fin.; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, Id.5.40; οὗτος τί ποιεῖς; A. Supp. 911
, etc.; τὸ προσταχθὲν π. S.Ph. 1010
; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, Pl.Phd. 60e, etc.; πᾶν or πάντα π., v. πᾶς D. 111.2, etc.: Math., ὅπερ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, = Q.E.F., Euc.1.1, etc.

2 c. dupl. acc., do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in Hdt.3.75, al.; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, Isoc.16.50, etc.; μεγάλα τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθά Din.1.17
; also εὖ ποιεῖν τὸν εὖ ποιοῦντα X.Mem.2.3.8
; τὴν ἐκείνου (sc. χώραν) κακῶς π. D.1.18
; in LXX with Prep., π. κακὸν μετά τινων Ge. 26.29
; ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐποίησα Hdt.1.115
; κοὐκ οἶδ' ὅ τι χρῆμά με ποιεῖς Ar.V. 697
, cf. Nu. 259; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, Hdt.4.166: less freq. c. dat. pers., τῷ τεθνεῶτι μηδὲν τῶν νομιζομένων π. Is.4.19
; ἵππῳ τἀναντία X.Eq.9.12
codd., cf. Ar.Nu. 388, D.29.37: c. dat. rei, τί ποιήσωμεν κιβωτῷ; LXX 1 Ki.5.8
:—in [voice] Med., φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι Hdt.2.152
,5.37.

3 with an Adv., ὧδε ποίησον do thus, Id.1.112; πῶς ποιήσεις; how will you act? S.OC 652; πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν περὶ θυσίας X.Mem.1.3.1
; ποίει ὅπως βούλει Id.Cyr.1.4.9
; μὴ ἄλλως π. Pl.R. 328d
; πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους πῶς ποιήσουσιν; ib. 469b; ὀρθῶς π. ib. 403e; εὖ, κακῶς π. τινά, v. supr. 2: freq. c. part., εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος Hdt.5.24
, cf. Pl.Phd. 60c; καλῶς ποιεῖς προνοῶν X.Cyr.7.4.13
; οἷον ποιεῖς ἡγούμενος Pl.Chrm. 166c
; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial, καλῶς γ', ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ Id.Smp. 174e
; καλῶς ποιοῦντες.. πράττετε D.20.110
, cf. 1.28;
εὖ ποιοῦν
fortunately, Id.23.143
.

4 in Prose (rarely in Poetry, A.Pr. 935), used in the second clause, to avoid repeating the Verb of the first, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς· μᾶλλον δ' ἐγὼ τοῦθ' ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω I will do this for you, D.18.52, cf. 292, Hdt.5.97, Is.7.35.

II abs., to be doing, act, ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών Hdt.7.11
; ποιεῖν, as a category, opp. πάσχειν, Arist.Cat. 2a3, cf. GC 322b11, Ph. 225b13.

b of medicine, operate, be efficacious, Pl.Phd. 117b; λουτρὰ κάλλιστα ποιοῦντα πρὸς νόσους Str. 5.3.6
; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, Thphr.HP7.14.1, Ps.-Plu.Fluv.16.2: freq. in Dsc., πρὸς ἐπιλημπτικούς 1.6
, al.; εἰς τὰ αὐτά 2.133
: c. dat., στομαχικοῖς Gal.13.183
: abs., ἄκρως π. ib.265; also of charms, PMag.Osl.1.361.

2 Th. has a peculiar usage, ἡ εὔνοια παρὰ πολὺ ἐποίει μᾶλλον ἐς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L., 2.8: impers., ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐποίει τῆς δόξης τοῖς μὲν ἠπειρώταις εἶναι, τοῖς δέ.. it was the general character of the one to be landsmen, of the others.., 4.12: the former passage is imitated by Arr.An.2.2.3, App.BC1.82, D.C.57.6.

C [voice] Med., = προσποιέομαι, pretend, c. inf., Zos.2.14.1, Procop.Arc. 10. ( ποιϝέω perh. from Ποι-ϝό-ς (in κλινοποιός, νεωποιός, τραπεζοποιός, etc.) 'builder', 'maker', cf. Skt. cinóti, cáyati 'arrange in order', 'build'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ποιέω
6 κατέχω

⁺ V 5-15-6-19-8=53 Gn 22,13; 24,56; 39,20; 42,19; Ex 32,13

A: to hold [τι] Ct 3,8; to hold back [τι] 1 Chr 13,9; to withhold, to take, to lay hold on [τινα] 2 Sm 2,21; to withhold from [τινα ἀπό τινος] Ps 118(119),53; to keep, to prevent from going away [τινα] Gn 24,56; to keep, to detain (prisoners) [τινα] Gn 39,20; to keep, to live with [τινα] Prv 18,22a; to possess [τι] Ex 32,13; id. [τινα] Prv 19,15; id. [τινος] Ps 72(73),12; to gain possession of [τι] Jos 1,11; id. [τινα] (metaph.) Jb 15,24; to rule, to control [τινος] 1 Mc 6,27; to seize, to occupy [τινος] 2 Chr 15,8; to cling to [τινος] 1 Kgs 1,51; to fill in, to repair [τι] 2 Kgs 12,13

P: to be held Gn 22,13; to refrain from [τινος] Ru 1,13

ὅμως οὐ κατέσχεν ἐπιτελέσαι τὸ σχέτλιον αὐτοῦ βούλημα nevertheless he did not succeed in having his merciless will done 2 Mc 15,5; ἐπὶ χεῖρα αὐτῶν κατέσχεν υἱὸς Ουρια the son of Uria made repairs next to them Neh 3,4, cpr. 2 Kgs 12,13

Cf. DELEKAT 1964a, 172; HARL 1986a 194-195(Gn 22,13); 1986c=1992a 68; SPICQ 1982, 379-385;

→TWNT

Lust (λαγνεία) > κατέχω
7 λαμβάνω

λαμβάνω (Hom.+) impf. ἐλάμβανον; fut. λήμψομαι (PTurin II, 3, 48; POxy 1664, 12; on the μ s. Mayser 194f; Thackeray 108ff; B-D-F §101; W-S. §5, 30; Mlt-H. 106; 246f; Reinhold 46f; WSchulze, Orthographica 1894.—On the middle s. B-D-F §77); 2 aor. ἔλαβον, impv. λάβε (B-D-F §101 p. 53 s.v. λαμβάνειν; W-S. §6, 7d; Mlt-H. 209 n. 1), impv. 3 pl. λαβέτωσαν (LXX; GJs 4:2); pf. εἴληφα (DRinge, Glotta 62, ’84, 125–28), 2 sing. εἴληφας and εἴληφες Rv 11:17 v.l. (W-S. §13, 16 note; Mlt-H. 221), ptc. εἰληφώς. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. ληφθήσονται Jdth 6:9; aor. εἰλήφθην LXX; pf. 3 sing. εἴληπται; plpf. 3 sg. εἴληπτο (Just., D. 132, 3). For Attic inscriptional forms s. Threatte II 645. In the following divisions, nos. 1–9 focus on an active role, whereas 10 suggests passivity.

① to get hold of someth. by laying hands on or grasping someth., directly or indirectly, take, take hold of, grasp, take in hand ἄρτον (Diod S 14, 105, 3 ῥάβδον; TestSol 2:8 D τὴν σφραγῖδα; TestJob 23:10 ψαλίδα) Mt 26:26a; Mk 14:22a; Ac 27:35. τ. βιβλίον (Tob 7:14) Rv 5:8f. τ. κάλαμον Mt 27:30. λαμπάδας take (in hand) (Strattis Com. [V B.C.], Fgm. 37 K. λαβόντες λαμπάδας) 25:1, 3. λαβέτωσαν ἀνὰ λαμπάδα GJs 7:2. μάχαιραν draw the sword (Gen 34:25; Jos., Vi. 173 [cp. JosAs 23:2 τὴν ῥομφαίαν]) Mt 26:52. Abs. λάβετε take (this) Mt 26:26b; Mk 14:22b.— Take hold of (me) GHb 356, 39=ISm 3:2.—ἔλαβέ με ἡ μήτηρ μου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν μιᾷ τῶν τριχῶν μου my mother, the Holy Spirit, took me by one of my hairs GHb 20, 63. Ἐλισάβεδ … λαβουμένη (λαβοῦσα codd.) αὐτὸν ἀνέβη ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ E. took (John) and went up into the hill-country GJs 22:3. λαβών is somet. used somewhat pleonastically to enliven the narrative, as in Hom. (Od. 24, 398) and dramatists (Soph., Oed. R. 1391 et al.), but also in accord w. Hebr. usage (JViteau, Étude sur le Grec du NT 1893, 191; Dalman, Worte 16ff; Wlh., Einleitung² 1911, 14; B-D-F §419, 1 and 2; s. Rob. 1127; s., e.g., ApcBar 2:1 λαβών με ἤγαγε; Josh 2:4; Horapollo 2, 88 τούτους λαβὼν κατορύττει) Mt 13:31, 33; Mk 9:36; Lk 13:19, 21; J 12:3; Ac 9:25; 16:3; Hs 5, 2, 4. The ptc. can here be rendered by the prep. with (B-D-F §418, 5; Rob. 1127) λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν ἔρχεται he came with a detachment J 18:3 (cp. Soph., Trach. 259 στρατὸν λαβὼν ἔρχεται; ApcrEsd 6, 17 p. 31, 24 Tdf. λαβὼν … στρατιὰν ἀγγέλων). λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα … τὸν λαὸν ἐρράντισε with the blood he sprinkled the people Hb 9:19 (cp. ParJer 9:32 λαβόντες τὸν λίθον ἔθηκαν ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ‘they crowned his tomb with a stone’; Mel., P. 14, 88 λαβόντες δὲ τὸ … αἶμα). Different is the periphrastic aor. ptc. use of λ. w. ἔχει: Dg 10:6 ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λαβὼν ἔχει what the pers. has received fr. God (cp. Eur., Bacchae 302 μεταλαβὼν ἔχει; Goodwin §47; Gildersleeve, Syntax §295; Schwyzer I, 812). Freq. parataxis takes the place of the ptc. constr. (B-D-F §419, 5) ἔλαβε τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν (instead of λαβὼν τ. Ἰ. ἐ.) he had Jesus scourged J 19:1. λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον … καὶ βαλεῖν throw the bread Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27. ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐποίησαν τέσσερα μέρη they divided his garments into four parts J 19:23.—In transf. sense ἀφορμὴν λ. find opportunity Ro 7:8, 11 (s. ἀφορμή); ὑπόδειγμα λ. take as an example Js 5:10; so also λ. alone, λάβωμεν Ἐνώχ 1 Cl 9:3.—Of the cross as a symbol of the martyr’s death take upon oneself Mt 10:38 (cp. Pind., P. 2, 93 [171] λ. ζυγόν). We may class here ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ he put his clothes on J 13:12 (cp. Hdt. 2, 37; 4, 78; GrBar 9:7 τὸν ὄφιν ἔλαβεν ἔνδυμα). Prob. sim. μορφὴν δούλου λ. put on the form of a slave Phil 2:7.—Of food and drink take (cp. Bel 37 Theod.) Mk 15:23. ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος J 19:30; λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν Ac 9:19; τροφὴν … λα[βεῖν] AcPl Ha 1, 19. (βρέφος) ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας (the infant) took the breast of his mother Mary GJs 19:2.—1 Ti 4:4 (s. 10b below) could also belong here.

② to take away, remove (τὴν ψυχήν ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 23 Tdf.) with or without the use of force τὰ ἀργύρια take away the silver coins (fr. the temple) Mt 27:6. τὰς ἀσθενείας diseases 8:17. τὸν στέφανον Rv 3:11. τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκ τῆς γῆς remove peace from the earth 6:4 (λ. τι ἐκ as UPZ 125, 13 ὸ̔ εἴληφεν ἐξ οἴκου; 2 Ch 16:2; TestSol 4:15 D; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 12 [Stone p. 70]; Mel., P. 55, 403).

③ to take into one’s possession, take, acquire τὶ someth. τὸν χιτῶνα Mt 5:40. οὐδὲ ἕν J 3:27. ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν obtain kingly power for himself Lk 19:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 13, 220). λ. γυναῖκα take a wife (Eur., Alc. 324; X., Cyr. 8, 4, 16; Gen 4:19; 6:2; Tob 1:9; TestSol 26:1; TestJob 45:3; ParJer 8:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 253; Just., D. 116, 3; 141, 4) Mk 12:19–21; 22 v.l.; Lk 20:28–31 (s. also the vv.ll. in 14:20 and 1 Cor 7:28). Of his life, that Jesus voluntarily gives up, in order to take possession of it again on his own authority J 10:18a. [ἀπολείπ]ετε τὸ σκότος, λάβεται τὸ φῶς [abandon] the darkness, seize the light AcPl Ha 8, 32. ἑαυτῷ τ. τιμὴν λ. take the honor upon oneself Hb 5:4.—Lay hands on, seize w. acc. of the pers. who is seized by force (Hom. et al.; LXX; mid. w. gen. Just., A II, 2, 10, D. 105, 3) Mt 21:35, 39; Mk 12:3, 8. Of an evil spirit that seizes the sick man Lk 9:39 (cp. PGM 7, 613 εἴλημπται ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος; TestSol 17:2 εἰ λήμψομαί τινα, εὐθέως ἀναιρῶ αὐτὸν τῷ ξίφει; Jos., Ant. 4, 119 ὅταν ἡμᾶς τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβῃ πνεῦμα; Just., A I, 18, 4 ψυχαῖς ἀποθανόντων λαμβανόμενοι).—Esp. of feelings, emotions seize, come upon τινά someone (Hom. et al.; Ex 15:15; Wsd 11:12; Jos., Ant. 2, 139; 14, 57) ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας amazement seized (them) all Lk 5:26. φόβος 7:16. Sim. πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 Cor 10:13.—Of hunting and fishing: catch (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 9; Aelian, VH 4, 14) οὐδέν Lk 5:5=J 21:6 v.l. Fig. εἴ τις λαμβάνει (ὑμᾶς) if someone puts something over on you, takes advantage of you 2 Cor 11:20 (the exx. cited in Field, Notes, 184f refer to material plunder, whereas Paul appears to point to efforts of his opposition to control the Corinthians’ thinking for their own political purposes; also s. CLattey, JTS 44, ’43, 148); in related vein δόλῳ τινὰ λ. catch someone by a trick 12:16.

④ to take payment, receive, accept, of taxes, etc. collect the two-drachma tax Mt 17:24; tithes Hb 7:8f; portion of the fruit as rent Mt 21:34. τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Plut., Mor. 209d, Aem. Paul. 5, 9) 17:25. παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λ. ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν collect a share of the fruit fr. the vinedressers Mk 12:2.—τὶ παρά τινος someth. fr. someone (Aristarch. Sam. p. 352, 4; Jos., Ant. 5, 275; Just., D. 22, 11; Tat. 19, 1) οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λ. the testimony which I receive is not from a human being or I will not accept mere human testimony (PSI 395, 6 [241 B.C.] σύμβολον λαβὲ παρʼ αὐτῶν=have them give you a receipt) J 5:34; cp. vs. 44; 3:11, 32f.

⑤ to include in an experience, take up, receive τινὰ someone εἰς into (Wsd 8:18) lit. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον take someone (up) into the boat J 6:21. εἰς οἰκίαν receive someone into one’s house 2J 10. εἰς τὰ ἴδια into his own home J 19:27. Receive someone in the sense of recognizing the other’s authority J 1:12; 5:43ab; 13:20abcd.—οἱ ὑπηρέται ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν ἔλαβον Mk 14:65 does not mean ‘the servants took him into custody with blows’ (BWeiss, al.), but is a colloquialism (s. B-D-F §198, 3, w. citation of AcJo 90 [Aa II 196, 1] τί εἰ ῥαπίσμασίν μοι ἔλαβες; ‘what if you had laid blows on me?’) the servants treated him to blows (Moffatt: ‘treated him to cuffs and slaps’), or even ‘got’ him w. blows, ‘worked him over’ (perh. a Latinism; Cicero, Tusc. 2, 14, 34 verberibus accipere. B-D-F §5, 3b; s. Rob. 530f); the v.l. ἔβαλον is the result of failure to recognize this rare usage. καλῶς ἔλαβόν σε; have (the young women) treated you well? Hs 9, 11, 8.

⑥ to make a choice, choose, select πᾶς ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος who is chosen fr. among human beings Hb 5:1 (cp. Num 8:6; Am 2:11; Just., D. 130, 3). The emphasis is not on gender but the human status of the chief priest in contrast to that of the unique Messiah vs. 5.

⑦ to accept as true, receive τὶ someth. fig. τὰ ῥήματά τινος receive someone’s words (and use them as a guide) J 12:48; 17:8; AcPl Ha 1, 6 (s. καρδία 1bβ). τὸν λόγον receive the teaching Mt 13:20; Mk 4:16 (for μετὰ χαρᾶς λ. cp. PIand 13, 18 ἵνα μετὰ χαρᾶς σε ἀπολάβωμεν).

⑧ to enter into a close relationship, receive, make one’s own, apprehend/comprehend mentally or spiritually (Soph., Pla. et al.) of the mystical apprehension of Christ (opp. κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ) ἔλαβον (i.e. Χριστόν) I have made (him) my own Phil 3:12.

⑨ Special uses: the OT is the source of λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον show partiality/favoritism (s. πρόσωπον 1bα end) Lk 20:21; Gal 2:6; B 19:4; D 4:3.—θάρσος λ. take courage s. θάρσος; πεῖράν τινος λ. try someth. (Pla., Prot. 342a; 348a, Gorg. 448a; X., Cyr. 6, 1, 28; Polyb. 1, 75, 7; 2, 32, 5; 5, 100, 10; Aelian, VH 12, 22; Dt 28:56; Jos., Ant. 8, 166; diff. Dio Chrys. 50, 6) Hb 11:29 (this expr. has a different mng. in vs. 36; s. 10b below).—συμβούλιον λαμβάνειν consult (with someone), lit. ‘take counsel’, is a Latinism (consilium capere; s. B-D-F §5, 3b; Rob. 109) Mt 27:7; 28:12; w. ὅπως foll. 22:15; foll. by κατά τινος against someone and ὅπως 12:14; foll. by κατά τινος and ὥστε 27:1. οὐ λήψῃ βουλὴν πονηρὰν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου D 2:6.

⑩ to be a receiver, receive, get, obtain

ⓐ abs. λαβών (of a hungry hog) when it has received someth. B 10:3. (Opp. αἰτεῖν, as Appian, Fgm. [I p. 532–36 Viereck-R.] 23 αἰτεῖτε καὶ λαμβάνετε; PGM 4, 2172) Mt 7:8; Lk 11:10; J 16:24. (Opp. διδόναι as Thu. 2, 97, 4 λαμβάνειν μᾶλλον ἢ διδόναι; Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 645 D.; Herm. Wr. 5, 10b; Philo, Deus Imm. 57; SibOr 3, 511) Mt 10:8; Ac 20:35; B 14:1; but in D 1:5 λ. rather has the ‘active’ sense accept a donation (as ἵνα λάβῃ ἐξουσίαν TestJob 8:2).

ⓑ w. acc. of thing τὶ someth. (Da 2:6; OdeSol 11:4 σύνεσιν; TestJob 24:9 τρεῖς ἄρτους al.; ApcEsdr 5:13 p. 30, 11 Tdf. τὴν ψυχήν) τὸ ψωμίον receive the piece of bread J 13:30. ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν water of life without cost Rv 22:17. μισθόν (q.v. 1 and 2a) Mt 10:41ab; J 4:36; 1 Cor 3:8, 14; AcPlCor 2:36 (TestSol 1:2, 10). Money: ἀργύρια Mt 28:15; ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius each Mt 20:9f. ἐλεημοσύνην Ac 3:3. βραχύ τι a little or a bite J 6:7; eternal life Mk 10:30 (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 218 βίον ἀμείνω λαβεῖν); the Spirit (schol. on Plato 856e ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα) J 7:39; Ac 2:38; cp. Gal 3:14; 1 Cor 2:12; 2 Cor 11:4; forgiveness of sin Ac 10:43 (Just., D. 54, 1); grace Ro 1:5; cp. 5:17; the victor’s prize 1 Cor 9:24f; the crown of life Js 1:12 (cp. Wsd 5:16 λ. τὸ διάδημα). συμφύγιον/σύμφυτον καὶ ὅπλον εὐδοκίας λάβωμεν Ἰησοῦν χριστόν the sense of this clause, restored from AcPl Ha 8, 23–24 and AcPl Ox 1602, 33–35 (=BMM recto 29–31) emerges as follows: and let us take Jesus Christ as our refuge/ally and shield, the assurance of God’s goodwill toward us. The early and late rain Js 5:7. ἔλεος receive mercy Hb 4:16 (Just., D. 133, 1). λ. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ (θεοῦ) receive the name of the Son of God (in baptism) Hs 9, 12, 4. διάδοχον receive a successor Ac 24:27 (cp. Pliny the Younger, Ep. 9, 13 successorem accipio). τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος let another man receive his position 1:20 (Ps 108:8). τόπον ἀπολογίας λ. (τόπος 4) 25:16. λ. τι μετὰ εὐχαριστίας receive someth. w. thankfulness 1 Ti 4:4 (but s. 1 above, end.—On the construction with μετά cp. Libanius, Or. 63 p. 392, 3 F. μετὰ ψόγου λ.). τί ἔχεις ὅ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what have you that you did not receive? 1 Cor 4:7 (Alciphron 2, 6, 1 τί οὐ τῶν ἐμῶν λαβοῦσα ἔχεις;). Of punishments (cp. δίκην λ. Hdt. 1, 115; Eur., Bacch. 1312. ποινάς Eur., Tro. 360. πληγάς Philyllius Com. [V B.C.] 11 K.; GrBar 4:15 καταδίκην; Jos., Ant. 14, 336 τιμωρίαν) λ. περισσότερον κρίμα receive a punishment that is just so much more severe Mt 23:13 [14] v.l. (cp. κρίμα 4b); Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47; cp. Js 3:1. οἱ ἀνθεστηκότες ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται those who oppose will bring punishment upon themselves Ro 13:2. πεῖράν τινος λ. become acquainted with, experience, suffer someth. (X., An. 5, 8, 15; Polyb. 6, 3, 1; 28, 9, 7; 29, 3, 10; Diod S 12, 24, 4 τὴν θυγατέρα ἀπέκτεινεν, ἵνα μὴ τῆς ὕβρεως λάβῃ πεῖραν; 15, 88, 4; Jos., Ant. 2, 60; Preisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Museums zu Kairo [1911] 2, 11; 3, 11 πεῖραν λ. δαίμονος) μαστίγων πεῖραν λ. Hb 11:36 (the phrase in a diff. mng. vs. 29; s. 9b above).

ⓒ Also used as a periphrasis for the passive: οἰκοδομὴν λ. be edified 1 Cor 14:5. περιτομήν be circumcised J 7:23 (Just., D. 23, 5 al.). τὸ χάραγμα receive a mark = be marked Rv 14:9, 11; 19:20; 20:4. καταλλαγήν be reconciled Ro 5:11. ὑπόμνησίν τινος be reminded of = remember someth. 2 Ti 1:5 (Just., D 19, 6 μνήμην λαμβάνητε); λήθην τινὸς λ. forget someth. (Timocles Com. [IV B.C.], Fgm. 6, 5 K.; Aelian, VH 3, 18 end, HA 4, 35; Jos., Ant. 2, 163; 202; 4, 304; Just., D. 46, 5 ἵνα μὴ λήθη ὑμᾶς λαμβάνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ) 2 Pt 1:9; χαρὰν λ. experience joy, rejoice Hv 3, 13, 2 ; GJs 12:2; ἀρχὴν λ. be begun, have its beginning (Pla et al.; Polyb. 1, 12, 9; Sext. Emp., Phys. 1, 366; Aelian, VH 2, 28; 12, 53; Dio Chrys. 40, 7; Philo, Mos. 1, 81 τρίτον [σημεῖον] … τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ; Just., D. 46, 4 τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβούσης ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ τῆς περιτομῆς; Ath. 19, 2 ἑτέραν ἀρχὴν τοῦ κόσμου λαβόντος) Hb 2:3; ApcPt Rainer ln. 19.—λ. τι ἀπό τινος receive someth. from someone (Epict. 4, 11, 3 λ. τι ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν; Herm. Wr. 1, 30; ApcMos 19 ὅτε δὲ ἔλαβεν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸν ὄρκον; Just., D. 78, 10 τῶν λαβόντων χάριν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ) 1J 2:27; 3:22. Also τὶ παρά τινος (Pisander Epicus [VI B.C.] Fgm. 5 [in Athen. 11, 469d]; Diod S 5, 3, 4 λαβεῖν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 8 [Stone p. 12] λαβὼν τὴν εὐχὴν παρʼ αὐτῶν; Just., A I, 60, 3 ἐνέργειαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λεγομένην λαβεῖν τὸν Μωυσέα.—παρά A3aβ) J 10:18b; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 20:24; Js 1:7; 2J 4; Rv 2:28. λ. τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος receive bail from Jason Ac 17:9 (s. ἱκανός 1). λ. τι ὑπό τινος be given someth. by someone 2 Cor 11:24. κλῆρον καὶ μερισμὸν λαμβάνοντες AcPl Ha 8, 18/Ox 1602, 22f [λαβόντες]=BMM recto 23f (s. κλῆρος 2). λ. τι ἔκ τινος receive someth. fr. a quantity of someth.: ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβομεν χάριν from his fullness we have received favor J 1:16. ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβετε Hs 9, 24, 4.—λ. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν (s. ἀνάστασις 2a) Hb 11:35. On ἐν γαστρὶ εἴληφα (LXX) GJs 4:2 and 4 s. γαστήρ 2 and συλλαμβάνω 3.—B. 743. Schmidt, Syn. III 203–33. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λαμβάνω
8 διά

διά, poet. [full] διαί ([dialect] Aeol. [full] ζά, q.v.), Prep. governing gen. and acc.— Rad. sense,

A through; never anastroph. [Prop. δῐᾰ: but Hom. uses [pron. full] ῑ at the beginning of a line, Il.3.357, 4.135, al.: also ᾱ, metri gr., freq. in Hom., for which A. uses [full] διαί in lyr., Ag. 448, al.]

A WITH GEN.

I of Place or Space:

1 of motion in a line, from one end to the other, right through, in Hom. freq. of the effect of weapons, διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε.. ἔγχος καὶ διὰ θώρηκος.. Il. 3.357
; δουρὶ βάλεν Δάμασον κυνέης διά 12.183
; δι' ὤμου.. ἔγχος ἦλθεν 4.481
; in Prose, τιτρώσκειν διὰ τοῦ θώρακος X.An.1.8.26
; διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ ib.7.4.16: also of persons, διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους out through the Scaean gate, Il.3.263; δι' ἠέρος αἰθέρ' ἵκανεν quite through the lower air even to the ether, Il.14.288, cf. 2.458; διὰ Τρώων πέτετο straight through them, 13.755; δι' ὄμματος.. λείβων δάκρυον S.OC 1250
, etc.: also in Compos. with πρό and ἐκ, v. διαπρό, διέκ: in adverbial phrases, διὰ πασῶν (sc. χορδῶν), v. διαπασῶν:
διὰ πάσης
throughout, Th.1.14
;
διὰ κενῆς
idly, Id.4.126
, etc. (cf.111.1.c).

2 of motion through a space, but not in a line, throughout, ouer, ἑπόμεσθα διὰ πεδίοιο Il.11.754
; δι' ὄρεσφι 10.185
, al.; ὀδύνη διὰ χροὸς ἦλθε through all his frame, 11.398; τεῦχε βοὴν διὰ ἄστεος Od.10.118
; δι' ὁμίλου Il.6.226
, etc.; θορύβου διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος X.An.1.8.16
, cf. 2.4.26, etc.; later, in quoting an authority,
ἱστορεῖ δ. τῆς δευτέρας
in the course of.., Ath.10.438b
.

3 in the midst of, Il.9.468; κεῖτο τανυσσάμενος δ. μήλων Od.9.298
; between, δ. τῶν πλευρέων ταμόντα Hp.Morb.2.61
: hence, of pre-eminence, ἔπρεπε καὶ δ. πάντων Il.12.104
; τετίμακε δι' ἀνθρώπων Pi.I.4(3).37
; εὐδοκιμέοντι δ. πάντων Hdt.6.63
, cf. 1.25, etc.

4 in Prose, sts. of extension, along, παρήκει δ. τῆσδε τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀκτή Id.4.39
(but πέταται δ. θαλάσσας across the sea, Pi.N.6.48); λόφος, δι' οὗ τὸ σταύρωμα περιεβέβληντο X.HG7.4.22
.

5 in Prose, of Intervals of Space, δ. τριήκοντα δόμων at intervals of thirty layers, i. e. after every thirtieth layer, Hdt.1.179; δ. δέκα ἐπάλξεων at every tenth battlement, Th.3.21; cf. infr. 11.3: of a single interval, δ. πέντε σταδίων at a distance of five stades, Hdt.7.30, cf. 198; δ. τοσούτου μᾶλλον ἢ δ. πολλῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδοῦ at so short a distance, etc., Th.2.29; δ. πολλοῦ at a great distance apart, Id.3.94; δ. πλείστου Id.2.97
; δι' ἐλάσσονος Id.3.51
; ὕδατα δ. μακροῦ ἀλόμενα Hp.
Aër.9, etc.

II of Time,

1 of duration from one end of a period to the other, throughout, δ. παντὸς [τοῦ χρόνου] Hdt.9.13; δι' ὅλου τοῦ αἰῶνος Th.1.70
; δι' αἰῶνος S.El. 1024
; δι' ἡμέρας ὅλης Ar. Pax 27
; δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός X.An.4.2.4
, etc.: without an Adj., δι' ἡμέρης all day long, Hdt.1.97; δ. νυκτός Th.2.4
, X.An.4.6.22 (but δ. νυκτός in the course of the night, by night, Act.Ap.5.19, PRyl.138.15 (i A. D.), etc.); δ. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας Pl.R. 343b
; δι' ἐνιαυτοῦ, δι' ἔτους, Ar.Fr.569.8, V. 1058; δ. βίου Pl.Smp. 183e
, etc.;
δ. τέλους
from beginning to end, A.Pr. 275
, Pl.R. 519c, etc.: with Adjs. alone,
δ. παντός
continually, A.Ch. 862
(lyr.), etc.; δι' ὀλίγου for a short time, Th.1.77; δ. μακροῦ E.Hec. 320
; ὁ δ. μέσου χρόνος Hdt. 8.27
.

2 of the interval which has passed between two points of Time, δ. χρόνου πολλοῦ or δ. πολλοῦ χρ. after a long time, Id.3.27, Ar.Pl. 1045; δ. μακρῶν χρόνων Pl.Ti. 22d
: without an Adj., δ. χρόνου after a time, S.Ph. 758, X.Cyr.1.4.28, etc.; δι' ἡμερῶν after several days, Ev.Marc.2.1; and with Adjs. alone, δι' ὀλίγου Th.5.14
; οὐ δ. μακροῦ Id.6.15
,91; δ. πολλοῦ Luc.Nigr.2
, etc.: with Numerals, δι' ἐτέων εἴκοσι Hdt.6.118
, cf. OGI56.38 (iii B. C.), etc.: but δ. τῆς ἑβδόμης till the seventh day, Luc.Hist.Conscr.21: also distributively, χρόνος δ. χρόνου προὔβαινε time after time, S.Ph. 285; ἄλλος δι' ἄλλου E.Andr. 1248
.

3 of successive Intervals, δ. τρίτης ἡμέρης every other day, Hdt.2.37; δ. τρίτου ἔτεος ib.4, etc.; δ. πεντετηρίδος every four years (with inclusive reckoning), Id.3.97; δι' ἔτους πέμπτου, of the Olympic games, Ar.Pl. 584 (but δι' ἑνδεκάτου ἔτεος in the course of the eleventh year, Hdt.1.62).

III causal, through, by,

a of the Agent, δι' ἀλλέλων or -ου ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, by the mouth of.., Id.1.69,6.4, cf. 1.113; δι' ἑρμηνέως λέγειν X.An.2.3.17
, etc.; τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου δ. τοῦ προφήτου Ev.Matt.1.22
; δι' ἑκόντων ἀλλ' οὐ δ. βίας ποιεῖσθαι Pl.Phlb. 58b
; πεσόντ' ἀλλοτρίας διαὶ γυναικός by her doing, A.Ag. 448 (lyr.); ἐκ θεῶν γεγονὼς δ. βασιλέων πεφυκώς X.Cyr.7.2.24
; δι' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τι of oneself, not by another's agency, ib.1.1.4, etc.; but also, by oneself alone, unassisted, D.15.14, cf. 22.38.

b of the Instrument or Means, δ. χειρῶν by hand (prop. by holding between the hands), δι' ὁσίων χ. θιγών S. OC 470
; also δ. χερῶν λαβεῖν, δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν in the hand, Id.Ant. 916, 1258 (but τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν to keep a firm hand on, Th.2.13); δ. στέρνων ἔχειν S.Ant. 639
; ἡ ἀκούουσα πηγὴ δι' ὤτων Id.OT 1387
; δ. στόματος ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.4.25
; δ. μνήμης ἔχειν Luc.Cat.9
; αἱ δ. τοῦ σώματος ἡδοναί X.Mem.1.5.6
; δ. λόγων συγγίγνεσθαι to hold intercourse by word, Pl.Plt. 272b; δ. λόγου ἀπαγγέλλειν Act.Ap.15.27
; δι' ἐπιστολῶν 2 Ep.Cor.10.9
, POxy. 1070.15 (iii A. D.).

c of Manner (where διά with its Noun freq. serves as an Adv.), δ. μέθης ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν Pl.Smp. 176e
; παίω δι' ὀργῆς through passion, in passion, S.OT 807; δ. τάχους, = ταχέως, Id.Aj. 822, Th.1.63 (but δ. ταχέων ib.80, al.); δ. σπουδῆς in haste, hastily, E.Ba. 212; δι' αἰδοῦς with reverence, respectfully, ib. 441; δ. ψευδῶν ἔπη lying words, Id.Hel. 309; αἱ δ. καρτερίας ἐπιμέλειαι long-continued exertions, X.Mem.2.1.20; δι' ἀκριβείας, δ. πάσης ἀκρ., Pl.Ti. 23d, Lg. 876c; δ. σιγῆς Id.Grg. 450c
; δ. ξυμφορῶν ἡ ξύμβασις ἐγένετο Th.6.10
; οὐ δι' αἰνιγμάτων, ἀλλ' ἐναργῶς γέγραπται Aeschin.3.121
; δι' αἵματος, οὐ δ. μέλανος τοὺς νόμους ὁ Δράκων ἔγραψεν Plu.Sol.17
: also with Adjs., δ. βραχέων, δ. μακρῶν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι, Isoc.14.3, Pl.Grg. 449b; ἀποκρίνεσθαι δ. βραχυτάτων ibid. d; cf. infr. IV.

2 in later Prose, of Material out of which a thing is made, κατασκευάζειν εἴδωλα δι' ἐλέφαντος καὶ χρυσοῦ D.S.17.115
; θυσίαι δι' ἀλφίτου καὶ σπονδῆς πεποιημέναι Plu.Num.8
; βρώματα δ. μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος γιγνόμενα Ath.14.646e
; οἶνος δ. βουνίου Dsc. 5.46
.

IV διά τινος ἔχειν, εἶναι, γίγνεσθαι, to express conditions or states, ἀγὼν διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχων extending through every kind of contest, Hdt.2.91; δι' ἡσυχίης εἶναι Id.1.206
; δι' ὄχλου εἶναι to be troublesome, Ar.Ec. 888; δ. φόβου εἶναι Th.6.59
; δι' ἀπεχθείας γίγνεσθαι X.Hier.9.2
; ἡ ἐπιμέλεια δ. χάριτος γίγνεται ibid.; δ. μιᾶς γνώμης γίγνεσθαι Isoc.4.138
.

b with Verbs of motion, δ. μάχης ἐλεύσονται will engage in battle, Hdt.6.9; ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; δ. παντὸς πολέμου, δ. φιλίας ἰέναι τινί, X.An.3.2.8; δ. δίκης ἰέναι τινί go to law with.., S.Ant. 742, cf. Th.6.60; δ. τύχης ἰέναι S.OT 773
; δι' ὀργῆς ἥκειν Id.OC 905
; ἐμαυτῷ δ. λόγων ἀφικόμην I held converse with myself, E.Med. 872; δ. λόγων, δ. γλώσσης ἰέναι come to open speech, Id.Tr. 916, Supp. 112; δ. φιλημάτων ἰέναι come to kissing, Id.Andr. 416; δ. δικαιοσύνης ἰέναι καὶ σωφροσύνης Pl.Prt. 323a
, etc.; δ. πυρὸς ἰέναι (v. πῦρ): in pass. sense, δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν τινι to be hated by.., A.Pr. 121 (anap.).

c with trans. Verbs, δι' αἰτίας ἔχειν or ἄγειν τινά hold in fault, Th.2.60, Ael.VH9.32; δι' ὀργῆς ἔχειν τινά Th.2.37
, etc.; δ. φυλακῆς ἔχειν τι Id.7.8
; δι' οἴκτου ἔχειν τινά, δι' αἰσχύνης ἔχειν τι, E.Hec. 851, IT 683; δ. πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγειν X.Cyr.4.6.6
; δι' οὐδενὸς ποιεῖσθαί τι S.OC 584
.

B WITH Acc.

I of Place, only Poet., in same sense as διά c. gen.:

1 through, ἓξ δὲ δ. πτύχας ἦλθε.. χαλκός Il.7.247
; ἤϊξε δ. δρυμὰ.. καὶ ὕλην 11.118
, cf. 23.122, etc.; δ. τάφρον ἐλαύνειν across it, 12.62; δ. δώματα ποιπνύοντα 1.600
; ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ δ. πόντον βέβακεν Pi.I.4(3).41
; φεύγειν δ. κῦμ' ἅλιον A.Supp.14
(anap.).

2 through, among, in, οἴκεον δι' ἄκριας Od.9.400
; ἄραβος δὲ δ. στόμα γίγνετ' ὀδόντων Il.10.375
(but μῦθον, ὃν.. δ. στόμα.. ἄγοιτο through his mouth, 14.91; so δ. στόμα ὄσσαν ἱεῖσαι Hes.Th.65
; ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ γυνή σ' ἔχει δ. στόμα Ar.Lys. 855
); δ. κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας Hes.Th. 631
; νόμοι δι' αἰθέρα τεκνωθέντες S.OT 867
(lyr.).

II of Time, also Poet., δ. νύκτα Il.2.57
, etc.; δ. γλυκὺν ὕπνον during sweet sleep, Mosch.4.91.

III causal:

1 of persons, thanks to, by aid of, νικῆσαι δ... Ἀθήνην Od.8.520
, cf. 13.121; δ. δμῳὰς.. εἷλον 19.154
; δ. σε by thy fault or service, S.OC 1129, Ar.Pl. 145, cf. 160, 170: in Prose, by reason of, on account of, δ' ἡμᾶς Th.1.41
, cf. X.An.7.6.33, D.18.249; οὐ δι' ἐμαυτόν And.1.144
; so εἰ μὴ διά τινα if it had not been for.., εἰ μὴ δι' ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς Lys.12.60
; Μιλτιάδην εἰς τὸ βάραθρον ἐμβαλεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ εἰ μὴ δ. τὸν πρύτανιν ἐνέπεσεν ἄν Pl.Grg. 516e
, cf. D.19.74; εἰ μὴ δ. τὴν ἐκείνου μέλλησιν Th.2.18
, cf. Ar.V. 558; πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν γενέσθαι δι' Ὅμηρον Pi.N.7.21
.

2 of things, to express the Cause, Occasion, or Purpose, δι' ἐμὴν ἰότητα because of my will, Il.15.41; Διὸς μεγάλου δ. βουλάς Od.8.82
; δι' ἀφραδίας for, through want of thought, 19.523; δι' ἀτασθαλίας 23.67
; δι' ἔνδειαν by reason of poverty, X. An.7.8.6; δ. καῦμα, δ. χειμῶνα, ib.1.7.6; δι' ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀμαθίαν Pl. Prt. 360b
, etc.: freq. also with neut. Adjs., δ. τί; wherefore?; δ. τοῦτο, δ. ταῦτα on this account; δι' ὅ, δι' ἅ on which account; δ. πολλά for many reasons, etc.

3 = ἕνεκα, to express Purpose, δἰ ἀχθηδόνα for the sake of vexing, Th.4.40, cf. 5.53; δ. τὴν τούτου σαφήνειαν with a view to clearing this up, Pl.R. 524c, cf. Arist.EN 1172b21; αὐτή δι' αὑτήν for its own sake, Pl.R. 367b, etc.

C WITHOUT CASE as Adv. throughout, δ. πρό (v. supr. A.I.I); δ. δ' ἀμπερές Il.11.377
.

D IN COMPOS.:

I through, right through, of Space, διαβαίνω, διέχω, διιππεύω.

II in different directions, as in διαπέμπω, διαφορέω; of separation, asunder, διαιρέω, διαλύω; of difference or disagreement, at variance, διαφωνέω, διαφέρω; or simply mutual relation, one with another, διαγωνίζομαι, διάδω, διαθέω, διαπίνω, διαφιλοτιμέομαι.

III pre-eminence, διαπρέπω, διαφέρω.

IV completion, to the end, utterly, διεργάζομαι, διαμάχομαι, διαπράττω, διαφθείρω: of Time, διαβιόω.

V to add strength, thoroughly, out and out, διαγαληνίζω, etc.; cf. ζά.

VI of mixture, between, partly, esp. in Adj., as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος, διάχλωρος, etc.

VII of leaving an interval or breach, διαλείπω, διαναπαύω. (Cogn. with δύο, δίς.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διά
9 ἐφάπτω

ἐφάπτ-ω, [dialect] Ion. [full] ἐπάπτω,

A bind on or to, πότμον ἐφάψαις ὀρφανόν having fixed it as his doom, Pi.O.9.60; τί δ'.. ἐγὼ λύουσ' ἂν ἢ 'φάπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον; what should I gain by undoing or by making fast [ Creon's command]? v.l. in S.Ant.40; ἔγνω.. τοὔργον κατ' ὀργὴν ὡς ἐφάψειεν τόδε he knew that she had made fast (i.e. perpetrated) the deed, Id.Tr. 933:—[voice] Pass., [ per.] 3sg. [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. ἐφῆπται, -το, is or was hung over one, fixed as one's fate or doom, c. dat. pers., Τρώεσσι κήδἐ ἐφῆπται Il.2.15
, cf. 6.241; Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται 7.402
, cf. Od.22.41; ἐφῆπτο ib.33; ἀθανάτοισιν ἔρις καὶ νεῖκος ἐφῆπται Il.21.513
.

II [voice] Med., [tense] aor. 1 ἐφηψάμην, [ per.] 3sg. ἐφάψατο Pi.P.8.63
; lay hold of, once in Hom., ἐπὴν χείρεσσιν ἐφάψεαι ἠπείροιο Od.5.348
, cf. Thgn.6, A.Supp. 412, etc.; ἱκέτης ἔφαψαι πατρός S.Aj. 1172
, etc.; ξίφους E.El. 1225
(lyr.); partake of food, Iamb.VP3.17; treat, ἰατρῶν δίκην ἐ. Philostr.VA8.7; ἐπεί γε τοῦδ' ἐφάπτομαι τόπου reach it, E.Hel. 556; σκοπιᾶς ἐφάψασθαι ποδοῖν Pi.N.9.47
.

b Geom., touch, Euc. 3 Def.3, etc.; in Arist., of a circle, pass through angular points, Mete. 376b9; of a point, lie on a circle as locus, ib. 376a6.

c as lawterm, c.gen., claim as one's property, S.OC 859, Pl.Lg. 915c, GDI1883.17 (Delph.), Milet.3 No.140.29: c. dat., GDI1780.8 (Delph.).

d generally, lay violent hands upon, τοίχου, ἱματίου, Pl.R. 574d.

2 lay hold of or reach with the mind, attain to, τοῦ ἀληθοῦς Id.Smp. 212a
; ἐ. τινὸς μνήμῃ, αἰσθήσει, Id.Phdr. 253a, Phd. 65d; ἐ. ἀμφοῖν τῇ ψυχῇ Id.Tht. 190c
(c. acc., dub. in Lg. 664e); ἐ. λόγων touch upon, meddle with, Pi.O.9.12; ζητημάτων Pl.Lg. 891c
; apply oneself to, ἐξηγήσεως Gal.16.558
.

3 c. dat. rei, apply oneself to, ἔπεσι, τέχναις, κελεύθοις ζωᾶς, Pi.O.1.86, P.8.63, N.8.36.

4 c. gen. rei, εἴδεος ἐπαμμένος possessing a certain degree of beauty, Hdt.1.199, 8.105; τὰ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἁπάσης ταύτης τῆς ἕξεως ἐφαπτόμενα [ σώματα] bodies possessing all these qualities in moderation, Pl.Lg. 728e; θηριώδους καὶ ἀλόγου μᾶλλον ἢ λογικῆς ἐφάπτεσθαι δοκεῖ φωνῆς, of the sibilant s, D.H.Comp.14.

5 follow, come next, f.l. for ἐφεψάσθω, Theoc.9.2.

III [voice] Pass., to be kindled: hence, blush, Id.14.23.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐφάπτω
10 ὅμοιος

ὅμοιος or (as in Hom., [dialect] Ion., and old [dialect] Att.) [full] ὁμοῖος, α, ον (cf. ἐρῆμος, ἑτοῖμος): later [dialect] Ep. also [full] ὁμοίιος (B, q.v.) ; [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὔμοιος Theoc.29.20 (Adv.

A - ως IG12(2).69a6
) ; Arc. [full] ὑμοῖος Schwyzer 665A15 (Orchom., iv B.C.): ([etym.] ὁμός):—like, resembling, ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁ. ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁ. 'birds of a feather flock together', Od.17.218 ; ὁ ὅ. τῷ ὁ. Pl.Grg. 510b
; ὁ ὅ. ὡς τὸν ὅ. Arist.EN 1155a34
; τὸ ὅ. τῷ ὁ. φίλον ib. 1165b17, v. infr. 6 ; ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ὁ. as in similar cases (of persons), BGU79.18 (ii A.D.), etc.: [comp] Comp.
- ότερος
more like, Pl.Phd. 79b
: [comp] Sup.
- ότατος
most like, Hdt.2.92
, S.Ant. 833 (lyr.), etc.

2 the same, ἄμφω γὰρ πέπρωται ὁμοίην γαῖαν ἐρεῦσαι Il.18.329
; χρὼς οὐκέθ' ὁ. Od.16.182
; hence (sc. ἑαυτῷ), always the same, unchanging, αἰεὶ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὁμοῖοι Hes.Op. 114
;
ὅ. τὴν γνώμην
the same as ever, Antipho 5.76
; γνῶμαι πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς κινδύνους ὁμοῖαι Th.2.89
; ἀεὶ ὅ. εἶ, ὦ Ἀπολλόδωρε Pl.Smp. 173d
; ἓν καὶ ὅ. one and the same, Id.Phdr. 271a.

3 equal in force, a match for one, Il.23.632, Hdt.9.96.

4 of things, suiting, according with, πολλά τε καὶ ὅ. ἑαυταῖς Id.R.549e
; ὅ. τῇ φύσει Ar.Th. 167
.

5 ὁμοῖον ἡμῖν ἔσται it will be all the same, all one to us, Hdt.8.80 ; σὺ δ' αἰνεῖν εἴτε με ψέγειν θέλεις, ὁμοῖον A.Ag. 1404
, cf. 1239, E.Supp. 1069 ; ἐν τῷ ὁ. καθειστήκει Th.2.49
.

6 τὸ ὅ. ἀνταποδιδόναι give 'tit for tat', Hdt.1.18 ; so τὴν ὁμοίην (sc. δίκην, χάριν) ἀποδιδόναι τινί Id.4.119
, 6.21,62 ; τὴν ὁ. φέρεσθαι παρά τινος to have a like return made one, ibid. ; ἐπ' ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, v. ἴσος 11.2.

7 ἐν ὁμοίῳ ποιεῖσθαί τι hold a thing in like esteem, Id.7.138,8.109.

8 ἐκ τοῦ ὁ.
in like fashion, likewise, Th.6.78
,87 ;
ἐκ τῶν ὁ.
ceteris paribus, Pl.Phdr. 243d
; on equal terms, in fair fight, A.Ag. 1423 ; so ἐν τῷ ὁ. στρατεύεσθαι καὶ ὅτε.. as when.., Th.6.21, etc.

II of the same rank or station, Hdt.1.134 ; γαμεῖν ἐκ τῶν ὁ. Cleobul.
ap. Stob.3.1.172, POxy.124.2 (iii A.D.), PSI 2.120.33 (iv A.D.?): hence οἱ ὅμοιοι, in aristocratic states, peers, all citizens who had equal right to hold state-offices, esp. at Sparta, X.HG 3.3.5, Lac.13.1,7, Arist.Pol. 1306b30 ; Περσέων ὁμοίους τοῖσι πρώτοισι δυώδεκα Hdt.3.35
.

III Geom., of figures, similar, Euc.6 Def.1, 3 Def.11, al. ; of angles, similar, i.e. equal, Arist.Cael. 296b20, 297b19, 311b34, cf. Thalesap.Procl.in Euc.1p.251F.

2 of Numbers, square, the product of two equal factors, Plot.6.2.21 ; cf. ἀνόμοιος 2
.

B Construction:

1 abs., freq. in Hom., etc. (v. supr.).

2 c. dat. of the person or thing which another resembles: so always in Hom., Hes., and usu. in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. (v. supr.): but sts. c. gen., τοῖσι τούτων ὁμοίοις χύμασι v.l. in Hp.Art.12 (DielsZtschr.f.vergl. Sprachf.47.200), v. l. in Hdt.3.37 and Pl.R. 472d ; τουτέων οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο ἔθνος ὁμοίας τὰς κεφαλὰς ἔχον οὐδέν (ellipt. as in b. infr.) Hp. Aër.14 ; ὁ λεκτικὸς πῇ μὲν ὅμοιος Ἡροδότου, πῇ δὲ ἐνδεέστερος D.H. Pomp.4
; ὁμοία ἀνδριάντος Dion.Byz.53
; ὅμοιον ἱέρακος Cyran.22
, cf. 12.

b ellipt. phrases, κόμαι Χαρίτεσσιν ὁμοῖαι, for κόμαι ταῖς τῶν Χαρίτων ὁμοῖαι, Il.17.51 ; οὔ τις ὁμοῖα νοήματα Πηνελοπείῃ ᾔδη, for τοῖς τῆς Πηνελοπείης, Od.2.121 : also in Prose, ἅρματα ὅ. ἐκείνῳ, for τοῖς ἐκείνου, X.Cyr.6.1.50 ; ὁμοίαν ταῖς δούλαις ἐσθῆτα, for τῇ τῶν δουλῶν, ib.5.1.4 ; cf. ἴσος 1.1
, συγγενής 111.2
.

3 c. acc. of that in which a person or thing resembles another, ἀθανάτῃσι φυὴν καὶ εἶδος ὁμοίη Od.6.16
, cf. 3.468, Il.5.778 ; ὀργὴν ὁ. τῷ κάκιστ' αὐδωμένῳ A.Th. 678
, cf. S.Aj. 1153, etc.: also with Preps., ὁμοῖοι ἐν πολέμῳ Il.12.270
; ἐς φύσιν οὐδὲν ὁ. Batr.32
; ὅ. τινὶ πρός τι X.Cyn.5.29
; but οὐδὲν ὁμοῖον ἦν μοι πρὸς τοῦτον I had nothing in common with him, Is. 8.26.

4 c. inf., θείειν ἀνέμοισιν ὁμοῖοι like the winds in running, Il. 10.437 ; τῷ οὔ πώ τις ὁμοῖος κοσμῆσαι ἵππους like him to marshal or in marshalling horses, 2.553, cf. 14.521 ; ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμάζειν (s. v.l., θαυμάζοντες codd. dett.) X.An.3.5.13.

b ὅμοιον εἰπεῖν
approximately, Men.Epit. 548
.

5 folld. by a Relat., ὁμοίη, οἵην με τὸ πρῶτον ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι νόησας like as when thou saw'st me first, h.Ven. 178 ; ὅμοιον.., οἷόνπερ τὸ τῶν ποταμῶν X.HG4.2.11
, cf. Hier.7.5, Cyr.6.1.37 : folld. by ὅσπερ, Id.An.5.4.34 ; by ὥσπερ, ὁ. ἀτμὸς ὥσπερ ἐκ τάφου πρέπει A.Ag. 1311
, cf. X.Smp.4.37 ; by ὥστε, E.Or. 697 ; v. infr. c.

6 folld. by καί (='as'), γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι καὶ σύ Hdt.7.50
, cf. Th.1.120, Pl.Cri. 48b, Tht. 154a ; οὐδέν τι γενόμενος ἐς Ἀχαιοὺς ὅμοιος [ἢ] καὶ Καλλίστρατος.. Paus.7.16.4
; v. καί A. 111.

C Adv., freq. in the neut. sg. and pl. ὅμοιον, ὅμοια (older ὁμοῖον, ὁμοῖα) in like manner with, c. dat., ὁμοῖα τοῖσι μάλιστα 'second to none', Hdt.3.8, cf. Th.7.29 ; ὁμοῖα τοῖσι πλουσιωτάτοισι Hdt.3.57
; ὅμοιον μουσίσδει.. ταῖσιν ἀηδονίσι Theoc.8.37
: folld. by a relat. Partic., ὁμοῖον ὥστε.. even as, S.Ant. 587 (lyr.) ; ὁ. ὡς εἰ.. Pl.Lg. 628d
; ὁμοῖα καὶ βοῦς ἐργάτης S.Fr. 563
.

2 alike, ὅμοια χέρσον καὶ θάλασσαν ἐκπερῶν A.Eu. 240
.

II regul. Adv. ὁμοίως in like manner with, c. dat., Hdt.1.32, al. ; τοῖς μάλισθ' ὁ. D.Ep.2.24
: folld. by a relat. Partic., ὁ. ὡς εἰ.. Hdt.1.155
; ὁ. ὥσπερ.. X.Cyr.1.4.6
; ὁ. καὶ.. Hdt. 7.86
, 8.60.β' : abs., ὁ. δέ and in like manner, PEleph.15.1 (iii B. C.), etc.

2 alike, equally, Pi.P.9.78, Hdt.7.100 ; Δαναοῖσι Τρωσί θ' ὁ. A.Ag.67
(anap.) ; λέγειν.. σιγᾶν θ' ὁ. Id.Eu. 278
, etc. ; τῷ νῷ θ' ὁ. κἀπὸ τῆς γλώσσης S.OC 936
; ὁ. μὲν.., ὁ. δὲ.. Pl.Prt. 319d
; ὁ. ἀμφοῖν ἀκροάσασθαι D.18.2
;
ὁ. ἔχειν
to be uniform, Arist.Ph. 261b25
: prov.,
οὐδ' ὅκου χώρης οἱ μῦς ὁ. τὸν σίδηρον τρώγουσιν
like any other food, Herod. 3.76
(but perh. all alike, cf. Ar.Eq. 1296 cod. R, Th.5.15 (s. v.l.), Plu.2.763c): [comp] Comp. - ότερον AP11.233
(Lucill.): [comp] Sup. - ότατα Ar.Fr. 281
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅμοιος
11 ὑποστέλλω

ὑποστέλλω,

A draw in, contract, ὑπέστειλ' ἱστίον made him furl his sail, Pi.I.2.40, cf. Arist.Mech. 851b10 ([voice] Med.); ὑ. τὴν οὐράν tuck down the tail, of dogs, Ammon.Diff.p.27 V.; τοῖς δακτύλοις ὑπεσταλμένοις with closed fingers, Aristaenet.1.10; γαστὴρ ὑπεσταλμένη Philostr. Gym.34
.

2 reduce, in [voice] Pass., to be reduced, ὑποστέλλεται τὸ πλῆθος (sc. τῆς καθάρσεως) Sor.1.22; to be limited, τῷ λεχθέντι ἀριθμῷ Ph.1.29
.

3 draw back for shelter, ὑπὸ βουνόν τινα τοὺς ἱππεῖς Plb.11.21.2
, cf. Plu.Crass.23,26; ὑ. ἑαυτόν shelter oneself behind, τινι or ὑπό τι, Id.Arat.47, Plb.7.17.1; with ἑαυτόν omitted, Id.6.40.14, etc.: metaph., ἑαυτόν Ep.Gal.2.12
, cf. Hld.7.26.

b cover, τᾷδ' ὑπεστάλη κόνει (in a dog's epitaph) PCair.Zen.532.24 (iii B. C.).

4 intr., to be reduced in size, Callix.1; to be subordinate, οὐδενὶ ἑτέρῳ S.E.M.8.32
, cf. Ph.2.335, 357.

5 draw back, φασὶ τοὺς θορυβώδεις καὶ προυνίκους ὑποστέλλειν αὐτοῦ τῇ παρόδῳ drew back to let him pass, D.L.4.6; of troops,
ὑπεσταλκότες
a little in the rear, Ael.Tact.19.7
; ἔχειν ὑπεσταλκότας ταῖς ῥαξὶν τοὺς ὄνυχας have the nails not projecting beyond the finger-tips, Sor.1.3, cf. 18.

6 take away, remove, in [voice] Pass., A.D. Adv.203.22; to be excepted, Id.Pron.30.8, al.

7 belong, c. dat., POxy.486.22 (ii A. D.), 1502v.3 (iii A. D.), PFlor.47.8,29 (iii A. D.); τῇ συγγραφοδιαθήκῃ POxy.1102.14
(ii A. D.); τῷ νυνὶ ἀμφοδογραμματεῖ, i.e. fall within his authority, ib.2131.13 (iii A. D.); to be subjected, ποιναῖς πρός τινος Lyd.Mag.3.70
.

II in [voice] Med., place restrictions on oneself or another, reduce diet, Hp.Aph.1.11: c. gen., abstain from, τῆς τροφῆς Arist.Pr. 864b36
; ὀπώρας Aret.CA1.1
.

2 avoid, χειμῶνα Hp.Aph.4.6
; shrink from, οὐδένα.. κίνδυνον SIG 442.10
(Erythrae, iii B. C.), cf. IG12(8).53.6 (Imbros, ii B. C.); τι τῶν ἀγαθῶν πρὸς τὸ μὴ εἶναι αὐτῷ Arist.MM 1208a1
; ὁ μηδὲν ὑποστειλάμενος πρὸς ὕβριν one who has stuck at nothing, D.21.70.

3 shrink before, hold in undue awe, τὴν Δημάδου δύναμιν Din.1.11
; οὐ γὰρ μὴ ὑποστείληταί σε LXX Ex.23.21
, cf. De.1.17, Wi.6.7; ὑποστείλασθαί τι δεῖ πρὸς τὸν τοιοῦτον ὑμᾶς καὶ αἰσχυνθῆναι; need you hold back.. ? Din.3.13: abs., Ael.NA7.19; draw back, Ep.Hebr.10.38.

4 ὑποστέλλεσθαι λόγῳ place restrictions on oneself in speech, E.Or. 607 (only here in Trag.); without λόγῳ, refrain from saying, οὐ μὴν οἶμαι δεῖν.. ὑποστείλασθαι περὶ ὧν ὑμῖν συμφέρειν ἡγοῦμαι D.1.16
; οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν Act.Ap.20.20
, cf. 27; οὔτε μέγα οὔτε μικρὸν ἀποκρυψάμενος.. οὐδ' ὑποστειλάμενος Pl.Ap. 24a
; οὐδὲν or μηδὲν ὑποστειλάμενος with no reserve, Isoc.6.89, 8.41, 9.39, D.4.51; make reservations, Phld.Rh.1.109, 110 S.; ὀμνύω μὴ ὑπεστάλθαι POxy.246.26
(i A. D.); περὶ τῶν μόσχων, .. οὗ ἕνεκεν ὑπεσταλμένοι εἰσίν dub. sens. in PCair.Zen.412.24 (iii B. C.).

5 = διαλανθάνω, delitesco, Gloss.; so perh. in Gal.7.646.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑποστέλλω
12 νόμος

νόμος, ου, ὁ (νέμω; [Zenodotus reads ν. in Od. 1, 3] Hes.+; loanw. in rabb.—On the history of the word MPohlenz, Nomos: Philol 97, ’48, 135–42; GShipp, Nomos ‘Law’ ’78; MOstwald, Nomos and the Beginnings of Athenian Democracy ’69). The primary mng. relates to that which is conceived as standard or generally recognized rules of civilized conduct esp. as sanctioned by tradition (Pind., Fgm. 152, 1=169 Schr. νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς; cp. SEG XVII, 755, 16: Domitian is concerned about oppressive practices hardening into ‘custom’; MGigante, ΝΟΜΟΣ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ [Richerche filologiche 1] ’56). The synonym ἔθος (cp. συνήθεια) denotes that which is habitual or customary, especially in reference to personal behavior. In addition to rules that take hold through tradition, the state or other legislating body may enact ordinances that are recognized by all concerned and in turn become legal tradition. A special semantic problem for modern readers encountering the term ν. is the general tendency to confine the usage of the term ‘law’ to codified statutes. Such limitation has led to much fruitless debate in the history of NT interpretation.—HRemus, Sciences Religieuses/Studies in Religion 13, ’84, 5–18; ASegal, Torah and Nomos in Recent Scholarly Discussion, ibid., 19–27.

① a procedure or practice that has taken hold, a custom, rule, principle, norm (Alcman [VII B.C.], Fgm. 93 D² of the tune that the bird sings; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 49 Harder [1926] τῆς φύσεως νόμος; Appian, Basil. 1 §2 πολέμου ν., Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ σοῦ νόμου=under this rule of yours that governs action; Polyaenus 5, 5, 3 ν. πόμπης; 7, 11, 6 ν. φιλίας; Sextus 123 τοῦ βίου νόμος; Just., A II, 2, 4 παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως ν.; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως; 13, 1 θυσιῶν νόμῳ)

ⓐ gener. κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης in accordance w. the rule of an external commandment Hb 7:16. εὑρίσκω τὸν νόμον I observe an established procedure or principle or system Ro 7:21 (ν. as ‘principle’, i.e. an unwritten rightness of things Soph., Ant. 908). According to Bauer, Paul uses the expression νόμος (which dominates this context) in cases in which he prob. would have preferred another word. But it is also prob. that Paul purposely engages in wordplay to heighten the predicament of those who do not rely on the gospel of liberation from legal constraint: the Apostle speaks of a principle that obligates one to observe a code of conduct that any sensible pers. would recognize as sound and valid ὁ νόμος τ. νοός μου vs. 23b (s. νοῦς 1a). Engaged in a bitter struggle w. this νόμος there is a ἕτερος νόμος which, in contrast to the νοῦς, dwells ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου in my (physical) members vs. 23a, and hence is a νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας vs. 23c and 25b or a νόμος τ. ἁμαρτίας καὶ τ. θανάτου 8:2b. This sense prepares the way for the specific perspective

ⓑ of life under the lordship of Jesus Christ as a ‘new law’ or ‘system’ of conduct that constitutes an unwritten tradition ὁ καινὸς ν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 2:6; in brief ν. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4; 43, 1; Mel., P. 7, 46). Beginnings of this terminology as early as Paul: ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ =the standard set by Christ Gal 6:2 (as vs. 3 intimates, Christ permitted himself to be reduced to nothing, thereby setting the standard for not thinking oneself to be someth.). The gospel is a νόμος πίστεως a law or system requiring faith Ro 3:27b (FGerhard, TZ 10, ’54, 401–17) or ὁ ν. τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. the law of the spirit (=the spirit-code) of life in Chr. J. 8:2a. In the same sense Js speaks of a ν. βασιλικός (s. βασιλικός) 2:8 or ν. ἐλευθερίας vs. 12 (λόγος ἐλ. P⁷⁴), ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1:25 (association w. 1QS 10:6, 8, 11 made by EStauffer, TLZ 77, ’52, 527–32, is rejected by SNötscher, Biblica 34, ’53, 193f. On the theme of spontaneous moral achievement cp. Pind., Fgm. 152 [169 Schr.] 1f νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς | θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων | ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον| ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί=custom is lord of all, of mortals and immortals both, and with strong hand directs the utmost power of the just. Plut., Mor. 780c interprets Pindar’s use of νόμος: ‘not written externally in books or on some wooden tablets, but as lively reason functioning within him’ ἔμψυχος ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Aristot., EN 4, 8, 10 οἷον ν. ὢν ἑαυτῷ; Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος; cp. also Ovid, Met. 1, 90 sponte sua sine lege fidem rectumque colebat; Mayor, comm. ‘Notes’ 73.—RHirzel, ΑΓΡΑΦΟΣ ΝΟΜΟΣ 1903.). Some would put ὁ νόμος Js 2:9 here (s. LAllevi, Scuola Cattol. 67, ’39, 529–42), but s. 2b below.—Hermas too, who in part interprets Israel’s legal tradition as referring to Christians, sees the gospel, exhibited in Christ’s life and words, as the ultimate expression of God’s will or ‘law’. He says of Christ δοὺς αὐτοῖς (i.e. the believers) τὸν ν., ὅν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Hs 5, 6, 3, cp. Hs 8, 3, 3. Or he sees in the υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυχθεὶς εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, i.e. the preaching about the Son of God to the ends of the earth, the νόμος θεοῦ ὁ δοθεὶς εἰς ὅλον. τ. κόσμον 8, 3, 2. Similarly to be understood are τηρεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 3, 4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. παθεῖν 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. θλίβεσθαι 8, 3, 7. ἀρνησάμενοι τὸν νόμον ibid. βλασφημεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 6, 2.

② constitutional or statutory legal system, law

ⓐ gener.: by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ν. τῆς πόλεως the law of the city enforced by the ruler of the city (ν. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γραπτός Orig., C. Cels. 5, 37, 2); the penalty for breaking it is banishment Hs 1:5f. τοῖς ν. χρῆσθαι observe the laws 1:3; πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ν. obey the established laws Dg 5:10; νικᾶν τοὺς ν. ibid. (νικάω 3). Ro 7:1f, as well as the gnomic saying Ro 4:15b and 5:13b, have been thought by some (e.g. BWeiss, Jülicher) to refer to Roman law, but more likely the Mosaic law is meant (s. 3 below).

ⓑ specifically: of the law that Moses received from God and is the standard according to which membership in the people of Israel is determined (Diod S 1, 94, 1; 2: the lawgiver Mneves receives the law from Hermes, Minos from Zeus, Lycurgus from Apollo, Zarathustra from the ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, Zalmoxis from Hestia; παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, Μωϋσῆς receives the law from the Ἰαὼ ἐπικαλούμενος θεός) ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Lk 2:22; J 7:23; Ac 15:5. ν. Μωϋσέως Ac 13:38; Hb 10:28. Also ὁ ν. κυρίου Lk 2:23f, 39; GJs 14:1. ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ (Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 4]) Mt 15:6 v.l.; Ro 8:7 (cp. Tat. 7, 2; 32, 1; Ath. 3:2). ὁ ν. ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν etc. J 18:31; 19:7b v.l.; Ac 25:8. κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον ν. 24:6 v.l. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 131). ὁ πατρῷος ν. 22:3. τὸν ν. τῶν ἐντολῶν Eph 2:15. Since the context of Ac 23:29 ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν points to the intimate connection between belief, cult, and communal solidarity in Judean tradition, the term νόμος is best rendered with an hendiadys: (charged in matters) relating to their belief and custom; cp. ν. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς 18:15. Ro 9:31 (CRhyne, Νόμος Δικαιοσύνης and the meaning of Ro 10:4: CBQ 47, ’85, 486–99).—Abs., without further qualification ὁ ν. Mt 22:36; 23:23; Lk 2:27; J 1:17; Ac 6:13; 7:53; 21:20, 28; Ro 2:15 (τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου the work of the law [=the moral product that the Mosaic code requires] is written in the heart; difft. Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος, s. 1b, above), 18, 20, 23b, 26; 4:15a, 16; 7:1b, 4–7, 12, 14, 16; 8:3f; 1 Cor 15:56; Gal 3:12f, 17, 19, 21a, 24; 5:3, 14; 1 Ti 1:8 (GRudberg, ConNeot 7, ’42, 15); Hb 7:19 (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. ad loc.), 28a; 10:1; cp. Js 2:9 (s. 1b above); μετὰ τὸν ν. Hb 7:28b; οἱ ἐν τῷ ν. Ro 3:19; κατὰ τὸν ν. according to the (Mosaic) law (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51 al.; Just., D. 10, 1) J 19:7b; Ac 22:12; 23:3; Hb 7:5; 9:22. παρὰ τ. νόμον contrary to the law (Jos., Ant. 17, 151, C. Ap. 2, 219; Ath. 1, 3 παρὰ πάντα ν.) Ac 18:13.—νόμος without the art. in the same sense (on the attempt, beginning w. Origen, In Ep. ad Ro 3:7 ed. Lomm. VI 201, to establish a difference in mng. betw. Paul’s use of ὁ νόμος and νόμος s. B-D-F §258, 2; Rob. 796; Mlt-Turner 177; Grafe [s. 3b below] 7–11) Ro 2:13ab, 17, 23a, * 25a; 3:31ab; 5:13, 20; 7:1a (s. above); Gal 2:19b; 5:23 (JRobb, ET 56, ’45, 279f compares κατὰ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστι νόμος Aristot., Pol. 1284a). δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις δὲ … 1 Ti 1:9. Cp. ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος Ro 2:14 (in Pla., Pol. and in Stoic thought the wise person needed no commandment [Stoic. III 519], the bad one did; MPohlenz, Stoa ’48/49 I 133; II 75). Used w. prepositions: ἐκ ν. Ro 4:14; Gal 3:18, 21c (v.l. ἐν ν.); Phil 3:9 (ἐκ νόμου can also mean corresponding to or in conformity with the law: PRev 15, 11 ἐκ τῶν νόμων); cp. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου Ro 10:5. διὰ νόμου Ro 2:12b; 3:20b; 4:13; 7:7b; Gal 2:19a, 21; ἐν ν. (ἐν τῷ ν. Iren. 3, 11, 8 [Harv. II 49, 9]) Ro 2:12a, 23; Gal 3:11, 21c v.l.; 5:4; Phil 3:6. κατὰ νόμον 3:5; Hb 8:4; 10:8 (make an offering κατὰ νόμον as Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4; 5, 8, 2); χωρὶς ν. Ro 3:21a; 7:8f; ἄχρι ν. 5:13a. ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14f; 1 Cor 9:20; Gal 3:23; 4:4f, 21a; 5:18 (cp. Just., D. 45, 3 οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν ν.).—Dependent on an anarthrous noun παραβάτης νόμου a law-breaker Ro 2:25b ( 27b w. art.); Js 2:11. ποιητὴς ν. one who keeps the law 4:11d (w. art. Ro 2:13b). τέλος ν. the end of the law Ro 10:4 (RBultmann and HSchlier, Christus des Ges. Ende ’40). πλήρωμα ν. fulfilment of the law 13:10. ν. μετάθεσις a change in the law Hb 7:12. ἔργα ν. Ro 3:20a, 28; 9:32 v.l.; Gal 2:16; 3:2, 5, 10a.—(ὁ) ν. (τοῦ) θεοῦ Ro 7:22, 25a; 8:7 because it was given by God and accords w. his will. Lasting Mt 5:18; Lk 16:17 (cp. Bar 4:1; PsSol 10:4; Philo, Mos. 2, 14; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277).—Used w. verbs, w. or without the art.: ν. ἔχειν J 19:7a; Ro 2:14 (ApcSed 14:5). πληροῦν ν. fulfill the law Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14 (Mel., P. 42, 291). πληροῦν τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ ν. fulfill the requirement of the law Ro 8:4. φυλάσσειν τὸν ν. observe the law Ac 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ ν. φυλάσσειν observe the precepts of the law Ro 2:26; διώκειν ν. δικαιοσύνης 9:31a; πράσσειν ν. 2:25a. ποιεῖν τὸν ν. J 7:19b; Gal 5:3; Ro 2:14b, s. below; τὸν ν. τηρεῖν Js 2:10. τὸν ν. τελεῖν Ro 2:27. φθάνειν εἰς ν. 9:31b. κατὰ ν. Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ζῆν IMg 8:1 v.l. is prob. a textual error (Pearson, Lghtf., Funk, Bihlmeyer, Hilgenfeld; Zahn, Ign. v. Ant. 1873 p. 354, 1 [difft. in Zahn’s edition] all omit νόμον as a gloss and are supported by the Latin versions; s. Hdb. ad loc.). τὰ τοῦ ν. ποιεῖν carry out the requirements of the law Ro 2:14b (ApcSed 14:5; FFlückiger, TZ 8, ’52, 17–42). καταλαλεῖν νόμου, κρίνειν ν. Js 4:11abc. ἐδόθη ν. Gal 3:21a.—Pl. διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν Hb 8:10; cp. 10:16 (both Jer 38:33).—Of an individual stipulation of the law ὁ νόμος τοῦ ἀνδρός the law insofar as it concerns the husband (Aristot., Fgm. 184 R. νόμοι ἀνδρὸς καὶ γαμετῆς.—SIG 1198, 14 κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐρανιστῶν; Num 9:12 ὁ ν. τοῦ πάσχα; Philo, Sobr. 49 ὁ ν. τῆς λέπρας) Ro 7:2b; cp. 7:3 and δέδεται νόμῳ vs. 2a (on the imagery Straub 94f); 1 Cor 7:39 v.l.—The law is personified, as it were (Demosth. 43, 59; Aeschin. 1, 18; Herm. Wr. 12, 4 [the law of punishment]; IMagnMai 92a, 11 ὁ ν. συντάσσει; b, 16 ὁ ν. ἀγορεύει; Jos., Ant. 3, 274) J 7:51; Ro 3:19.

③ a collection of holy writings precious to God’s people, sacred ordinance

ⓐ in the strict sense the law=the Pentateuch, the work of Moses the lawgiver (Diod S 40, 3, 6 προσγέγραπται τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ὅτι Μωσῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ θεοῦ τάδε λέγει τ. Ἰουδαίοις=at the end of the laws this is appended: this is what Moses heard from God and is telling to the Jews. ὁ διὰ τοῦ ν. μεταξὺ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διαστείλας θεός Iren. 3, 12, 7 [Harv. II 60, 3]; cp. Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1) τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου Gal 3:10b (cp. Dt 27:26). Also simply ὁ νόμος (Jos., Bell. 7, 162 ὁ ν. or 2, 229 ὁ ἱερὸς ν. of the holy book in a concrete sense) Mt 12:5 (Num 28:9f is meant); J 8:5; 1 Cor 9:8 (cp. Dt 25:4); 14:34 (cp. Gen 3:16); Gal 4:21b (the story of Abraham); Hb 9:19. ὁ ν. ὁ ὑμέτερος J 8:17 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 402; Tat. 40, 1 κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους ν.). ἐν Μωϋσέως νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 Cor 9:9. καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου Lk 2:23 (γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ as Athen. 6, 27, 23c; IMagnMai 52, 35 [III B.C.]; Mel., P. 11, 71; cp. Just., D. 8, 4 τὰ ἐν τῷ ν. γεγραμμένα); cp. vs. 24. ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ J 1:45 (cp. Cercidas [III B.C.], Fgm. 1, 18f Diehl² [=Coll. Alex. p. 204, 29=Knox p. 196] καὶ τοῦθʼ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν ἐν Ἰλιάδι).—The Sacred Scriptures (OT) referred to as a whole in the phrase ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 6, 4; cp. Hippol., Ref. 8, 19, 1) the law (הַתּוֹרָה) and the prophets (הַנְּבִיאִים) Mt 5:17; 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; 24:14; 28:23; Ro 3:21b; cp. Dg 11:6; J 1:45. τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ ν. Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44.

ⓑ In a wider sense=Holy Scripture gener., on the principle that the most authoritative part gives its name to the whole (ὁ ν. ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 15]): J 10:34 (Ps 81:6); 12:34 (Ps 109:4; Is 9:6; Da 7:14); 15:25 (Ps 34:19; 68:5); 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11f); Ro 3:19 (preceded by a cluster of quotations fr. Psalms and prophets).—Mt 5:18; Lk 10:26; 16:17; J 7:49.—JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919; OMichel, Pls u. s. Bibel 1929; SWesterholm, Studies in Religion 15, ’86, 327–36.—JMeinhold, Jesus u. das AT 1896; MKähler, Jesus u. das AT² 1896; AKlöpper, Z. Stellung Jesu gegenüber d. Mos. Gesetz, Mt 5:17–48: ZWT 39, 1896, 1–23; EKlostermann, Jesu Stellung z. AT 1904; AvHarnack, Hat Jesus das atl. Gesetz abgeschafft?: Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225–36, SBBerlAk 1912, 184–207; KBenz, D. Stellung Jesu zum atl. Gesetz 1914; MGoguel, RHPR 7, 1927, 160ff; BBacon, Jesus and the Law: JBL 47, 1928, 203–31; BBranscomb, Jes. and the Law of Moses 1930; WKümmel, Jes. u. d. jüd. Traditionsged.: ZNW 33, ’34, 105–30; JHempel, D. synopt. Jesus u. d. AT: ZAW 56, ’38, 1–34.—Lk-Ac: JJervell, HTR 64, ’71, 21–36.—EGrafe, D. paulin. Lehre vom Gesetz² 1893; HCremer, D. paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre 1896, 84ff; 363ff; FSieffert, D. Entwicklungslinie d. paul. Gesetzeslehre: BWeiss Festschr. 1897, 332–57; WSlaten, The Qualitative Use of νόμος in the Pauline Ep.: AJT 23, 1919, 213ff; HMosbech, Pls’ Laere om Loven: TT 4/3, 1922, 108–37; 177–221; EBurton, ICC, Gal 1921, 443–60; PFeine, Theol. des NT⁶ ’34, 208–15 (lit.); PBenoit, La Loi et la Croix d’après S. Paul (Ro 7:7–8:4): RB 47, ’38, 481–509; CMaurer, D. Gesetzeslehre des Pls ’41; PBläser, D. Gesetz b. Pls ’41; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259–76; GBornkamm, Das Ende d. Gesetzes ’63; HRaisänen, Paul and the Law² ’87; PRichardson/SWesterholm, et al., Law in Religious Communities in the Rom. Period, ’91 (Torah and Nomos); MNobile, La Torà al tempo di Paolo, alcune ri-flessioni: Atti del IV simposio di Tarso su S. Paolo Apostolo, ed. LPadovese ’96, 93–106 (lit. 93f, n. 1).—Dodd 25–41.—B. 1358; 1419; 1421. DELG s.v. νέμω Ic. Schmidt, Syn. I 333–47. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > νόμος
13 εἷς

εἷς, μία, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός a numerical term, ‘one’ (Hom.+)

① a single pers. or thing, with focus on quantitative aspect, one

ⓐ in contrast to more than one

α. adj. μίλιον ἕν Mt 5:41; cp. 20:12; 25:15, 24; Ac 21:7; 28:13; 2 Pt 3:8. Opp. πάντες Ro 5:12 (εἷς ἄνθρωπος as Hippocr., Ep. 11, 2 [IX p. 326]; SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT, ’46, 65–73 [lit.]). Opp. the nation J 11:50; 18:14 (cp. Oenom. in Eus., PE 5, 25, 5 μεῖον εἶναι ἕνα ἀντι πάντων πεσεῖν τὸν βασιλέα=it is a lesser evil when one, instead of all the citizens, falls, namely, the king).

β. noun, Lk 23:16 (17) v.l. w. partitive gen. (Diod S 1, 91, 5 αὐτῶν εἷς; Jos., Vi. 204; Just., A I, 1, 1 al.) Mt 5:19; 6:29; 18:6; Mk 9:42; Lk 12:27; 15:21 v.l.; 17:2, 22; 23:39; J 19:34 or w. ἐκ (Maximus Tyr. 1, 6 ab ἐκ πολλῶν εἷς; Lucian, Somn. 9; Jos., Bell. 7, 47) Mt 18:12; 22:35; 26:21; Mk 14:18; J 1:40; 6:8; Ac 11:28 al. ὁ εἷς τῶν δώδεκα one of the twelve Mk 14:10 is a peculiar expr. (cp. BGU 1145, 25 [18 B.C.] ὁ εἷς αὐτῶν Ταυρῖνος; UPZ 161, 50; 54; PTebt 138; 357, 10).

ⓑ in contrast to the parts, of which a whole is made up (Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 16 τὰ πολλὰ ἓν γίγνεσθαι; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ὠκεανός: γίγνεται ἐκ δύο εἰς ἕν; Just., D. 103, 5 ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων … ἓν ὄνομα). ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16 (all three Gen 2:24). οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν we, though many, form one body Ro 12:5; cp. 1 Cor 12:12, 20; Eph 2:15. πάντες εἷς ἐστε you are all one Gal 3:28. ἕν εἰσιν 1 Cor 3:8; cp. J 10:30; 17:11, 21–23 (cp. 1QS 5, 2; Just., D. 42, 3 ἓν ὄντες πρᾶγμα). Also εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8 (Appian, Iber. 66 §280 ἐς ἕν=together, as a unity). εἰς ἕν J 11:52 (cp. 1QS 5, 7). ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν who has united the two divisions Eph 2:14.—MAppold, The Oneness Motif (John) ’76.

ⓒ w. negative foll. εἷς … οὐ (μή), stronger than οὐδείς (Aristoph., Eccl. 153, Thesm. 549; X., An. 5, 6, 12; Demosth. 30, 33 ἡ γυνὴ μίαν ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐχήρευσεν; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 18) ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται not one of them will fall Mt 10:29 (Lucian, Herm. 28 ἓν ἐξ ἁπάντων); cp. 5:18; Mk 8:14; Lk 11:46; 12:6. The neg. rarely comes first Mt 5:36.

② a single entity, with focus on uniformity or quality, one

ⓐ one and the same (Pind., N. 6, 1 ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος• ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ πνέομεν ἀμφότεροι; Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 6; Maximus Tyr. 19, 4a; cp. OGI 383, 59 [I B.C., the ruler’s statue is to be made of the type of stone used for statues of the gods]; Gen 11:1; 40:5; Lev 22:28; Wsd 7:6; Ar. 13, 5 μία φύσις τῶν θεῶν) ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ in one and the same house Lk 12:52 (Diod S 14, 43, 1 ἐν ἑνὶ τόπω). Expressing unanimity ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι w. one voice Ro 15:6; τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου one and the same loaf 1 Cor 10:17; εἷς ὁ θεός one and the same God (Amphitheos of Heracleia: 431 Fgm. 1b Jac. Διόνυσος κ. Σαβάζιος εἷς ἐστι θεός; difft. Ath. 10, 2 ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ) Ro 3:30; cp. 9:10; 1 Cor 6:16f; 12:9, 13. εἷς κύριος, μία πίστις, ἓν βάπτισμα• εἷς θεός κτλ. (cp. the three genders of εἷς consecutively in Simonides 97 Diehl² ἓν πέλαγος, μία ναῦς, εἷς τάφος [of shipwrecked pers.]; Just., D. 63, 5 μιᾷ ψυχῇ … συναγωγῇ … ἐκκλησίᾳ) Eph 4:5f (NJklA 35, 1915, 224ff. The repetition of εἷς is like Herm. Wr. 11, 11; Epict. 3, 24, 10ff).—Rv 9:13; 18:8; Ac 17:26. ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ Phil 1:27; cp. Ac 4:32 (cp. Aristot., EN 9, 8, 2; Plut., Mor. 478c). τὸ ἓν φρονεῖν be of one mind Phil 2:2. συνάγειν εἰς ἕν unite, bring together (Pla., Phileb. 23e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 45, 3 συνάξειν εἰς ἓν τὰ ἔθνη; POxy 1411, 3 τῶν δημοσίων εἰς ἓν συναχθέντων; TestJob 28:5 τὰ χρήματα ἐὰν συναχθῇ εἰς ἓν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό ‘if all [our] valuables were brought together at one place’; Jos., Bell. 3, 518) J 11:52. τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτό one and the same 1 Cor 12:11 (cp. Diod S 11, 47, 3; 17, 104, 6; Epict. 1, 11, 28; 1, 19, 15; Just., D. 123, 1 ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ … νόμου); cp. ἓν καὶ αὐτό τινι 11:5.—εἰς ἕνα τόπον in a place by itself (Jos., Ant. 6, 125) J 20:7.

ⓑ (a) single, only one (Diod S 16, 11, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 44 §180 εἷς ἀνήρ; Maximus Tyr. 11, 6c μαντεῖον ἕν al.; Just., D. 141, 3 τῆν μίαν τοῦ Δαυεὶδ … παράπτωσιν) λόγον ἕνα Mt 21:24 (GrBar 5:1); Gal 5:14. ἕνα ἄρτον Mk 8:14. εἷς ἄρτος 1 Cor 10:17a (εἷς ἄ. is also the symbol of the unity of the Pythagorean fellowship: Diog. L. 8, 35; here Diog. L. adds that οἱ βάρβαροι hold the same view ἔτι καὶ νῦν). πῆχυν ἕνα Mt 6:27 (s. πῆχυς); ἓν μέλος 1 Cor 12:26; ἓν ἔργον J 7:21 (here, following ἕν, καί adds an indication of the greatness of the accomplishment, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 133 §555 ἓν ἐκ τῶν Καίσαρος ἔργων προὔθηκα …, καί). εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Mt 19:17; ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 23:15; ἕνα εἶχεν υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν he had an only son, whom he loved dearly Mk 12:6 (εἷς υἱ. as Phalaris, Ep. 18). ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν Gal 3:20; cp. Mk 12:32; 1 Cor 8:4, 6 (v.l. adds to God the Father and Jesus Christ ἓν πνεῦμα ἅγιον κτλ. Cp. also Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a θεὸς εἷς … κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί and as early as Xenophanes, Fgm. 19 Diehl³ εἷς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι κ. ἀνθρωποῖσι μέγιστος [= Fgm. 23 Diels]); Js 2:19; PtK 3 p. 15, 20 (Herm. Wr. 11, 11; 14 εἷς ὁ θεός; POxy 1382, 20 εἷς Ζεὺς Σάραπις; Sb 159, 1 εἷς θεὸς ὁ βοηθῶν ὑμῶν; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 67; Jos., Ant. 5, 97 θεός τε εἷς; 8, 343, C. Ap. 2, 193; SibOr 4, 30 and Fgm. 1, 7; Ath. 6, 1 μονάς ἐστιν ὁ θεός, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν εἷς; 6, 4 ὁ θεὸς εἷς; s. EPeterson, Εἷς Θεός 1926; D. Monotheismus als polit. Problem ’35; additional reff. Horst, Ps.-Phoc. p. 151f). εἷς ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ διδάσκαλος Mt 23:8; cp. vs. 9. μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ a husband married only once (numerous sepulchral ins celebrate the virtue of a surviving spouse by noting that he or she was married only once, thereby suggesting the virtue of extraordinary fidelity, e.g. CIL VI, 3604; 723; 12405; 14404; cp. Horace, Odes 3, 14, 4; Propertius 4, 11, 36; Valerius Maximus 4, 3, 3; and s. esp. CIL VI, 1527, 31670, 37053=ILS 8393 [text and Eng. tr.: EWistrand, The So-Called Laudatio Thuriae, ’76]; s. GWilliams, JRS 48, ’58 16–29. For the use of μία in ref. to a woman: Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 346 D.: ὑπὲρ μιᾶς γυναικός=for only one woman; μία γυνή quite freq.: Diod S 17, 72, 6; cp. 1, 80, 3, where the phrase γαμοῦσι μίαν simply means that the priests married only once, not that they lead a strictly moral life, a concept for which Greeks never use the expression μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ or anything like it; Hippostratus [III B.C.]: 568 Fgm. 1 Jac.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 95 §402; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ: Ath. terms a second marriage εὐπρεπής μοιχεία veiled adultery) 1 Ti 3:2, 12; Tit 1:6; others render husband of one wife (e.g. RSV in later printings; REB). Correspondingly ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή (cp. the exemplary conduct of Hannah [Anna] Lk 2:36; Paus. 7, 25, 13 the priestess of the earth goddess must be a woman who, before she became a priestess, was not πλέον ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐς πεῖραν ἀφιγμένη) 1 Ti 5:9.—Abs. 1 Cor 9:24; 2 Cor 5:14. μεσίτης ἑνός an intermediary for one alone Gal 3:20; cp. Js 4:12. οὐδὲ εἷς not even a single (X., Mem. 1, 6, 2, Cyr. 1, 3, 10 et al.; Sir 42:20; 49:14 v.l.; 1 Macc 11:70) Mt 27:14; Ac 4:32. Freq. at the end of a sentence or clause (ref. fr. comedy in ESchwartz, NGG 1908, p. 534, 3. Also Hermocles [IV–III B.C.] p. 174, 17 Coll. Alex.; Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 23; Ael. Aristid. 28, 156 K.=49 p. 542 D.; 53 p. 617 D.; Epict. 2, 18, 26, Enchir. 1, 3; Philonides in Stob. 3, 35, 6 ed. Hense III p. 688; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 59, 5 [39 A.D.]; Bel 18 Theod.; 1 Macc 7:46) Ro 3:10; οὐδὲ ἕν foll. by ἐὰν μή J 3:27. This is a good reason for placing the period after οὐδὲ ἕν J 1:3 (s. GBergh van Eysinga, PM 13, 1909, 143–50. EHennecke, Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. I 1928, 207–19; Md’Asbeck, ibid. 220–28; REisler, Revue de Philol. 3 sér. 4, 1930, 350–71; BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6; KAland, ZNW 59, ’68, 174–209; Metzger 195f; γίνομαι 2a), but the lack of inner punctuation in the older mss. validates consideration of alternative punctuation. οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός there is not even one Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3; Just., D. 103, 2 οὐδὲ μέχρις ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ‘not a single person’). μία εἴσοδος the only entrance Hs 9, 12, 6.—ἕν only one thing: ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει you still lack only one thing (Jos., Bell. 4, 257) Lk 18:22. ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ you lack only one thing Mk 10:21; cp. Lk 10:42. ἓν οἶδα at least this one thing I know J 9:25. ἓν δὲ τοῦτο this one thing (Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 19; Just., D. 115, 6 ἓν δὲ μικρὸν ὁτιοῦν) 2 Pt 3:8.—ἓν δέ is a short interjectional sentence (like Xenophon Eph. 1, 5, 3 τοσοῦτο δέ•) just one thing! Phil 3:13 (AFridrichsen, ConNeot 9, ’44, 31f).—Gal 5:14 commercial imagery εἷς λόγος (just) one entry, one heading (cp. BGU 831, 13).

ⓒ alone (οὐδεὶς) … εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός Mk 2:7 (in the parallel Lk 5:21 μόνος ὁ θεός, cp. Herm Wr. 11, 11 εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός … εἰ μὴ μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ); 10:18; 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Mt 23:10; Lk 18:19.—EBishop, ET 49, ’38, 363–66.

③ an unspecified entity, some/one=τὶς, whereby εἷς can mean exactly the same thing as the indef. art. (Aristoph. et al. [Av. 1292 εἷς κάπηλος]; Περὶ ὕψους 33, 4 p. 62, 18 V. [the rdg. of cod. Paris], εἷς ἕτερος w. μή ‘for no other reason’; Strabo 5, 3, 2, 230c ἐπηγγείλατο ἕνα ἀγῶνα ἱππικόν; Syntipas p. 29, 3 μία γαλῆ; Appian, Liby. 117 §554 νυκτὸς μιᾶς=one night; Marc. Diac. 27, 5 ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ=on a certain day; SIG 1170, 15 [160 A.D.] μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ; UPZ 162 I, 27 [117 B.C.]; PAmh 30, 28 [II B.C.] Κονδύλου ἑνὸς τῶν ἁλιείων; BGU 1044, 6; Gen 21:15; Jdth 14:6; 1 Esdr 3:5. B-D-F §247, 2; Mlt. 96f; Rob. 674f; Mlt-Turner 195f; EBruhn, RhM 49, 1894, 168–71; JWackernagel, Syntax II² 1928, 151; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 104–6).

ⓐ someone, anyone Mt 18:24; 19:16; Mk 10:17; εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς Lk 24:18. Oft. w. partitive gen. foll. (Alexis 220, 5; Diod S 20, 107, 5 εἷς τῶν φίλων; Epict. 4, 2, 9; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15 εἷς τῶν Σπαρτῶν; TestJob 26:6 μίαν τῶν … γυναικῶν; Jos., Ant. 9, 106) ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν (some) one of the prophets Mt 16:14 (a diminishing term? s. Reader, Polemo p. 257). ἕνα τ. συνδούλων 18:28. ἐν μιᾷ τ. πόλεων Lk 5:12. ἐν μιᾷ τ. ἡμερῶν on one of the days vs. 17; cp. 15:19, 26; 22:47.

ⓑ as indef. art. (s. at 3 above beg.) εἷς γραμματεύς a scribe Mt 8:19. συκῆν μίαν a fig tree Mt 21:19; cp. 26:69; Mk 12:42. παιδάριον ἕν J 6:9 v.l.; ἑνὸς ἀετοῦ Rv 8:13; cp. 18:21; 19:17; ἄρχων εἷς ἐλθών Mt 9:18. εἷς στέφανος ApcPt 3:10; ἓν σῶμα AcPlCor 2:26.

ⓒ used w. τὶς (Pla., Thu., et al.; Jdth 2:13) εἷς τις νεανίσκος a certain young man Mk 14:51 v.l. W. partitive gen. foll. (Trypho Alex. [I B.C.] in Athen. 3, 78a ἕνα τινὰ τ. Τιτάνων; Aesop, Fab. 300 H./30 P. and H-H.; Hierocles 27, 484; IG XII/5, 445, 12 [III B.C.] ἕνα τινὰ αὐτῶν; Ael. Aristid. 29, 14 K.=40 p. 755D.: εἷς τις τ. χορευτῶν) εἷς τις τῶν παρεστηκότων a certain one of the bystanders vs. 47 (on the v.l. without τις s. PDickerson, JBL 116, ’97, 302); also εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν (Jos., Vi. 290) Lk 22:50; J 11:49.

④ marker of someth. that is first, the first

ⓐ perh. Hebraistic (cp. Num 1:1 ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τ. δευτέρου; 2 Esdr 10:17; Esth 1:1a; Jos., Ant. 1, 29.—But s. also Lydus, Mens. 3, 4 W. τὴν κεφαλὴν τ. χρόνου οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι οὐχὶ πρώτην ἀλλὰ μίαν ὠνόμασαν; Callim., Fgm. 550 P. [482 Schneider] πρὸ μιῆς ὥρης=before the first hour of the day) is its use w. expressions denoting time instead of the ordinal number εἰς μίαν σαββάτων on the first day of the week Mt 28:1; cp. Lk 24:1; Mk 16:2; J 20:1, 19; Ac 20:7; also κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Just., D. 41, 4 τῇ μίᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἡμέρᾳ; 27, 5 [here w. πρό and μετά resp., in accordance with Latin usage]).

ⓑ not Semitic (Hdt. 4, 161 μία, ἄλλη, τρίτη; Ael. Aristid. 36, 40 K.=48 p. 453 D.: ἕν, δεύτερον, τρίτον, τέταρτον; JosAs 2:17) εἷς καὶ δεύτερος a first and second Tit 3:10 (cp. Alciphron, Ep. 1, 9, 2; Galen XII 746 K.: ὕδωρ ὄμβριον ἔγχριε μέχρι μιᾶς καὶ δευτέρας ἡμέρας; Maximus Tyr. 28, 2h μίαδευτέρα; EpArist 143; Jos., Ant. 11, 150; 16, 350 πεσόντος ἑνός καὶ δευτέρου). S. also ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ μία Rv 9:12.—ἓν τριάκοντα Mk 4:8, 20 is prob. to be considered an Aramaism thirtyfold (B-D-F §248, 3; EKautzsch, Gramm. d. bibl. Aram. 1884 §66, 2; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f).

⑤ special combinations:

ⓐ εἷς … εἷς (Hom. et al. εἷς μὲν … εἷς δέ: X., Cyr. 1, 2, 4; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 20, 1393a; pap in Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 50, 11 and 13 [III B.C.] ἓν μὲν … ἓν δέ; II/2, 372 V, 14 [II A.D.] ὁ εἷς … ὁ εἷς; POxy 1153, 14 [I A.D.] ἓν μὲν … καὶ ἕν; 2 Km 12:1; Sir 34:23f εἷς … καὶ εἷς; Esth 10:3g δύο, ἕνα τῷ λαῷ … καὶ ἕνα τ. ἔθνεσιν; TestJob 51:3 μιᾶς ὑποσειμιούσης τῇ μιᾷ) (the) one … the other Mt 20:21; 24:40f; 27:38; J 20:12; Gal 4:22; B 7:6f. εἷς τὸν ἕνα one another (=ἀλλήλους) 1 Th 5:11 (cp. Theocr. 22, 65 εἷς ἑνί; TestJob 27:3 εἷς τόν ἕνα κατέρραξαν ‘threw each other to the ground’).

ⓑ εἷς … εἷς … εἷς one … another … a third Mt 17:4 (cp. 1 Km 10:3; 13:17, 18).

ⓒ εἷς ἕκαστος every single, strengthening ἕκαστος, adj. Eph 4:16. Mostly subst.; s. ἕκαστος b.

ⓓ ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἕτερος the one … the other (Aristot., De Rep. Ath. 37, 1; Hyperid. 5, 14f; UPZ 161, 39; 43; 46 [119 B.C.]; PGen 48, 6ff μίαν μὲν … τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν; BGU 194, 15f; Esth 5:1a; TestAbr A 11 p. 88, 29 [Stone p. 24]; Just. D. 49, 2 al.) Mt 6:24; Lk 7:41; 16:13; 17:34f; 18:10 al.; also ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος Rv 17:10.

ⓔ distrib. (1 Ch 24:6 εἷς εἷς; AscIs 3:27 εἷς καὶ εἷς καὶ εἷς ἐν τόποις καὶ τόποις) καθʼ ἕνα, καθʼ ἕν (Hdt., Pla. et al.; 1 Esdr 1:31; 4 Macc 15:12, 14; Jos., Bell. 4, 240, Ant. 12, 191; Ath. 25, 3 καθʼ ἕνα καὶ κατὰ ἔθνη) ITr 12:2; καθʼ ἕνα πάντες all, one by one 1 Cor 14:31 (cp. Ps.-Xenophon, Cyn. 6, 14). ὑμεῖς οἱ καθʼ ἕνα ἕκαστος each one of you Eph 5:33. καθʼ ἕν one after the other (hence τὸ καθʼ ἕν ‘a detailed list’: PLille 11, 8 [III B.C.]; PTebt 47, 34; 332, 16) J 21:25. Also καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 22, Ages. 7, 1; EpArist 143) Ac 21:19. ἓν καθʼ ἕν (Aesop, Fab. 274 P.; PLeid II, X 1, 22) each one Rv 4:8. In this pass. the second ἕν could be an undeclined nom. as in εἷς κατὰ εἷς (cp. Lucian, Sol. 9; 3 Macc 5:34. Other exx. in W-S. §26, 9; 11 and Wetstein I 627) one after the other Mk 14:19; J 8:9. τὸ καθʼ εἷς opp. οἱ πολλοί individually Ro 12:5; but κατὰ ἕνα = ἕκαστον Hs 9, 3, 5; 9, 6, 3 (B-D-F §305). ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος each one Rv 21:21.

ⓕ ἀπὸ μιᾶς s. ἀπό 6 (as idiom w. noun to be supplied Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 46, 15 [338 A.D.] μίαν ἐκ μιᾶς, i.e. ἡμέραν=day after day).—B. 937; 1007f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἷς
14 γνώμη

γνώμ-η, ἡ,

A means of knowing: hence, mark, token, Thgn.60 (pl.); of the teeth (cf. γνώμων 111
), Arist.HA 576b15.

II organ by which one perceives or knows, intelligence,

1 thought, judgement (τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ γ. Pl.Lg. 672b
), ἐκμαθεῖν ψυχήν τε καὶ φρόνημα καὶ γ. S. Ant. 176
: acc. abs., γνώμην ἱκανός intelligent, Hdt.3.4; γ. ἀγαθός, κακός, S.OT 687, Ph. 910; τοιάδε τὴν γ. Id.El. 1021
; κατὰ γ. ἴδρις Id.OT 1087
(lyr.); γνώμᾳ διπλόαν θέτο βουλάν Pi.N.10.89
; γνώμῃ μαθεῖν τι S.OC 403
; γνώμῃ κυρήσας Id.OT 398
; γνώμῃ φρενῶν, opp. ὀργῇ, ib. 524; γνώμης ξύνεσις Th.1.75
; γνώμης μᾶλλον ἐφόδῳ ἢ ἰσχύος Id.3.11
; ταῖς γ. καὶ τοῖς σώμασι σφάλλεσθαι X. Cyr.1.3.10
, cf. Th.1.70; γνώμῃ, opp. τύχῃ, σωφρονοῦντες Isoc.3.47
; γνώμης ἅπτεσθαι affect the head, of wine or fever, Hp.Acut.63, Fract.11; γνώμην ἔχειν understand, S. El. 214 (lyr.), Ar.Ach. 396; πάντων γ. ἴσχειν S.Ph. 837
(lyr.); προσέχειν γνώμην give heed, attend, δεῦρο τὴν γ. προσίσχετε Eup.37
; πρὸς ἕτερον γνώμην ἔχειν Aeschin. 3.192
; to be on one's guard, Th.1.95; δηλοῦν τὴν γ. ἔν τινι to show one's wit in.., Id.3.37; ἐν γνώμῃ τι παραστῆσαι D.4.17
; ἀπὸ γνώμης φέρειν ψῆφον δικαίαν with a good conscience, A.Eu. 674; but οὐκ ἀπὸ γ. λέγεις not without judgement, with good sense, S.Tr. 389; ἄτερ γνώμης A.Pr. 456
; ἄνευ γ. S.OC 594
; γνώμῃ κολάζειν with good reason, X.An.2.6.10; γνώμῃ τῇ ἀρίστῃ (sc. κρίνειν or δικάζειν) to the best of one's judgement, in the dicasts' oath, Arist.Rh. 1375a29; ἡ καλουμένη γ. τοῦ ἐπιεικοῦς κρίσις ὀρθή Id.EN 1143a19
; so περὶ ὧν ἂν νόμοι μὴ ὦσι, γνώμῃ τῇ δικαιοτάτῃ κρινεῖν D.20.118
; γ. τῇ δ. δικάσειν ὀμωμόκασιν Id.23.96
, cf. 39.40; τῇ δ. γ. Arist.Pol. 1287a26
; ὅστις γνώμῃ μὴ καθαρεύει has not a clear conscience, Ar.Ra. 355.

2 will, disposition, inclination, εὐσεβεῖ γνώμᾳ Pi.O.3.41
; γ. Διός A.Pr. 1003
; ἐν γνώμῃ γεγονέναι τινί to stand high in his favour, Hdt.6.37; πάσῃ τῇ γ. with all one's zeal, Th.6.45; τίνα αὐτοὺς οἴεσθε γ. ἕξειν περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν And.1.104
; γ. ἔ. περί τινα Lys.10.21
; πρὸς τοὺς Ἀθηναίους τὴν γ. ἔχειν to be inclined towards.., Th.5.44; ἐμπιμπλάναι τὴν γ. τινός satisfy his wishes, X.An.1.7.8, cf. HG6.1.15 (pl.); ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ γνώμης on his own initiative, Th.4.68; ἐκ μιᾶς γ. of one accord, with one consent, D.10.59; μιᾷ γνώμῃ Th.1.122
, 6.17; διὰ μιᾶς γ. γίγνεσθαι Isoc.4.139
; κατὰ γνώμην according to one's mind or wishes, ὅταν τἀκεῖ θῶ κατὰ γνώμην ἐμήν E.Andr. 737
; ἄν τι μὴ κατὰ γ. ἐκβῇ D.1.16
: in pl., φίλιαι γνῶμαι friendly sentiments, Hdt. 9.4.

III judgement, opinion, βροτῶν γ. Parm.8.61
; ταύτῃ.. τῇ γνώμῃ πλεῖστός εἰμι I in cline mostly to this view, Hdt.7.220 (s. v.l.); also ταύτῃ πλεῖστος τὴν γνώμην εἰμί Id.1.120
; ἡ πλείστη γ. ἐστί τινι Id.5.126
; τλέον φέρει ἡ γ. τινί Id.8.100
; τὸ πλεῖστον τῆς γ. εἶχεν.. προσμεῖξαι Th.3.31
; γνώμην τίθεσθαι Hdt.3.80
; οὕτως τὴν γ. ἔχειν to be of this opinion, Th.7.15, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.8, Ar.Nu. 157; εἴ τινι γ. τοιαύτη παρειστήκει περὶ ἐμοῦ And.1.54
; τὴν αὐτὴν γ. ἔχειν Th.2.55
; τῆς αὐτῆς γ. εἶναι, ἔχεσθαι, Id.1.113, 140; ὁ αὐτὸς εἰμὶ τῇ γ. Id.3.38
; κατὰ γ. τὴν ἐμήν in my judgement or opinion, Hdt.2.26, 5.3; ellipt., κατά γε τὴν ἐμήν Ar.Ec. 153
, cf. Plb.18.1.18, D.H.Isoc.3: abs., γνώμην ἐμήν Ar.V. 983
, Pax 232; παρὰ γνώμην τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐγένετο contrary to general opinion, Th.4.40; but παρὰ γ. κινδυνευταί reckless venturers, Id.1.70, cf. 4.19; εἰπὲ μὴ παρὰ γ. ἐμοί either contrary to my wish, or contrary to your true opinion, A.Ag. 931, cf.Supp. 454: freq. of opinions delivered publicly, ἑστάναι πρὸς τὴν γ. τινός Th.4.56
; Θεμιστοκλέους γνώμῃ by the advice of Th., Id.1.90,93; γνώμην ἀποφαίνειν deliver an opinion, Hdt.1.40; ἀποδείκνυσθαι ib. 207; ἐκφαίνειν Id.5.36
; τίθεσθαι S.Ph. 1448
(anap.), Ar.Ec. 658; ἀποφαίνεσθαι E.Supp. 336
; ποιεῖσθαι περί τινων Th.3.36
; γνώμας κατέθεντο have made up their minds, Parm.8.53.

b verdict, ἡ τοῦ δικαστοῦ γ. IG4.364
(Corinth, iv A. D.), cf. 685.32 (pl., Cret., ii B. C.).

2 proposition, motion, γνώμην εἰσφέρειν Hdt.3.80
,81; εἰπεῖν Th.8.68
, etc.; (but γνώμας προτιθέναι hold a debate, Th.3.36); γνῶμαι τρεῖς προεκέατο Hdt.3.83
: freq. in Inscrr., resolution, IG12.118.28, etc.; γ. στρατηγῶν ib.22.27; Κλεισόφου καὶ συμπρυτάνεων ib.1; ἡ ἐκφερομένη γ. ib.1051c26; γνώμην νικᾶν carry a motion, Ar.V. 594, Nu. 432; κρατεῖν τῇ γ. Plu.Cor.17
.

3 γνῶμαι, αἱ, practical maxims, Heraclit. 78, S.Aj. 1091, X.Mem.4.2.9, Arist.Rh. 1395a11 (sg., 1394a22).

4 in pl., fancies, illusions, S.Aj.52.

5 intention, purpose, resolve, ἀπὸ τοιᾶσδε γνώμης with some such purpose as this, Th.3.92; γνώμην ποιεῖ σθαι, c.inf., propose to do, Id.1.128; κατὰ γνώμην of set purpose, D.H. 6.81 (so also γνώμης Lib.Or.33.13
, 50.12); τίνα ἔχουσα γνώμην; with what purpose? Hdt.3.119; οἶδα δ' οὐ γνώμῃ τίνι; with what intent? S.OT 527, cf. Aj. 448; ἡ ξύμπασα γ. τῶν λεχθέντων the general purport.., Th.1.22; ἦν τοῦ τείχους ἡ γνώμη.., ἵνα .. the purpose of it was.., that.., Id.8.90.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > γνώμη
15 καθάπτω

καθάπτω, [dialect] Ion. [pref] κατ-,

A fasten or fix on, put upon, καθῆψεν ὤμοις.. ἀμφίβληστρον S.Tr. 1051
; κ. τι ἀμφί τινι E. Ion 1006
; τι ἐπί τι X.Cyn. 6.9
; τι εἴς τι Plb.8.6.3
; τι ἔκ τινος Plu.2.647e
; ἄγκυραν καθάψας having made it fast, Philem.213.10; τὰ ὀστέα καθάπτει τὰ νεῦρα Arist. Spir. 483b31
:—[voice] Med., κισσὸν ἐπὶ κρατὶ καθάπτεσθαι Theoc.Ep.3.4
:— [voice] Pass., βρόχῳ καθημμένος S.Ant. 1222
, cf. Theoc.Adon.11.

2 equip by fastening or hanging on, in [voice] Med., σκευῇ σῶμ' ἐμὸν καθάψομαι E.Rh. 202
, cf. AP9.19 (Arch.):—[voice] Pass., νεβρίνῃ καθημμένος δορᾷ with a fawn-skin slung round him, S.Ichn.219; καθημμένοι νεβρίδας Str.15.1.71
.

3 intr., attach itself, εἴς τι, πρός τι, Arist.HA 514b30, 515a3; later = 11.5, fasten upon, τῆς χειρός τινος Act.Ap.28.3
, cf. Poll.1.164.

II used by Hom. only in [voice] Med., καθάπτεσθαί τινα ἐπέεσσι, in good or bad sense, as, σὺ τόν γ' ἐπέεσσι καθάπτεσθαι μαλακοῖσι do thou accost him.., Il.1.582; μαλακοῖσι καθαπτόμενος ἐπέεσσιν Od.10.70
; μειλιχίοις ἐπέεσσι κ. 24.393; but also ἀντιβίοις ἐπέεσσι καθαπτόμενος assailing.., 18.415, 20.323; χαλεποῖσι κ. ἐπέεσσι Hes.Op. 332
: without a qualifying Adj., accost, assail, ἐπέεσσι καθάπτετο θοῦρον Ἄρηα Il.15.127
, cf. Od.2.240; without ἐπέεσσι, γέροντα καθαπτόμενος προσέειπεν 2.39
, cf. 20.22, Il.16.421.

2 after Hom., c. gen., upbraid, Hdt.6.69, Th.6.16, Pl.Cri. 52a, X.HG 1.7.4: abs., Th.6.82.

3 in military sense, attack, καθαψάμενοι τῆς οὐραγίας Plb.1.19.14
.

4 appeal to, θεῶν.. καταπτόμενος appealing to them, Hdt.6.68; Δημαρήτου καὶ ἄλλων μαρτύρων Id.8.65
.

5 lay hold of, τυραννίδος Sol.32.3
; βρέφεος χείρεσσι Theoc.17.65
; τῆς θαλάσσης take to the sea, Philostr.VA3.23: [voice] Act., καθάπτων τοῦ τραχήλου Arr.Epict.3.20.10
(cf. 1.3).

6 to be sensitive in respect of, ψόφου Hp.Prorrh.1.16
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καθάπτω
16 οὐ

οὐ, the negative of

A fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.

A USAGE.

I as the negative of single words,

II as the negative of the sentence.

I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g. εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained, εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
; εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
; ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles: οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives: οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.; οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs: οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.

II as negativing the whole sentence,

1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ) , ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.

2 with ind. of statement, τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ἔνθα κεν οὔ τιν' ἀδάκρυτόν γ' ἐνόησας Ἀργείων Od.24.61
; οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
; οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.

3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται 7.197
; οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίς μῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, cf. 11.387.

4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
, 20.286.

5 with opt. and ἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.

6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,

a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἂν δικαίως αὐτοὺς δέχοισθε μαθεῖν χρή Th.1.40
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq., ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.

b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
; ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
; διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
; μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.; νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
; ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; νηπιάχοις οἷς οὔ τι μέλει πολεμήϊα ἔργα Il.2.338
, etc.: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as οὐκ ἔστ' ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ E.Tr. 1051
, cf. Hec. 298; οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.

c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. with ἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411; οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
; οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.

7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,

a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic., εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).

b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
; κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so also δεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;
οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
; Id.15.23
, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.

c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις)
, τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
; E. Ion 347
.

8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.; λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18; οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.; αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)

9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ' ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον E.Hec. 316
; κατενόησαν οὐ πολλοὺς τοὺς Θηβαίους ὄντας Th.2
. 3; ἔργῳ δηλώσω οὐ παραγενόμενος Antipho2.4.8
, etc.; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
; τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν E.Alc. 352
, cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε Id.El. 1025
, etc.; ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας τούτῳ τῷ τεκμηρίῳ χρωμένους Lycurg.90
, cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.

b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
; τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
; οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
; τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν Lys.12.82
, cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43; τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.

10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v. μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
; τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; τὸν οὐδέν Id.Ph. 598
(whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137; ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
; ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.

11 for οὐ μή, v. sub voc.

12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;
οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
; A.Pr. 956
: so as a strong form of imper.,
οὐκ ἀπαλλάξει
; E. Ion 524
;
οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖτε τὸν μιαρὸν τοῦτον ἄνθρωπον
; Din.1.18
;
οὐκ εἶ καταπιὼν Εὐριπίδην
; Ar.Ach. 484
; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.

B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives, οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; οὐχ αἱ τρίχες ποιοῦσιν αἱ λευκαὶ φρονεῖν Men.639
; οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free, κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79; χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause, καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
; ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end, βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
; οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
; ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; so τὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. with ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.; Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause after μέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b; κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.

C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., οὔ μιν ὁΐομαιοὐδὲ πεπύσθαι λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης Il.17.641
; ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν κρεῖσσον οἰκείου φίλου E.Andr. 986
: the first neg. may be a compd., καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; οὐδενὶ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς οὐδεμίαν κοινωνίαν ἔχει Id.Prm. 166a
(similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ἀδύνατος οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν λέγειν μάτην E.Andr. 746
; οὐ follows the compd. neg., οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν ) ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis, οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
; οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ αὖ ὡς σύ μοι δοκεῖς οἴεσθαι Pl.Prt. 332a
: so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587; θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.

2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; γλώσσης κρυφαῖον οὐδὲν οὐ διέρχεται S.Fr. 935
(but prob. f.l.); οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.

3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force, ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
; ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g. οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.

D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν οὐκ ἔχετ' ἀντιλέγειν D.8.31
, cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.; οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθεῖεν ἔνιοι ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι Id.9.54
; ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49; ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d; ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence, ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.

E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, γῆ δ' οὐδ' ἀὴρ οὐδ' οὐρανὸς ἦν Ar.Av. 694
; σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
; ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).

F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as in ἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., μὴ οὐ S. OT 283
, etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, ἐγὼ οὐ Ar.Eq. 340
.—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.

G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess., οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf. οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse, ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
; ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B),
τί δ' οὐχί
; A.Ag. 273
,Fr. 310;
πῶς δ' οὐχί
; Id.Supp. 918
, Ar. Pax 1027; ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.

H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.

I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὐ
17 παρά

πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.

A beside: hence,

A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:

I of Place, πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
; παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.; παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
; πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.; δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
; φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173; σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.

II commonly of Persons,

1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc., ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
; παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.; ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
. ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
; ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; so οἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.; ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.; ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
; σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.

2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5; παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.

3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like , τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158; πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
; ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
; εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4; ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
; κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb, ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc., μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.

4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs, πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
; π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26; με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.

III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near, πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.); τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.

IV π. τῆς συγχωρήσεώς τινος without his consent, BCH46.337 ([place name] Teos).

B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?

I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319; νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
; ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346; π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
; δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.; κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.

II of persons, beside, πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
; κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.; παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
; δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.

2 at one's house or place, with one, μένειν π. τισί 9.427
; θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
; φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86; παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
; καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(but παρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται S.OT 382
; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands, τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
; ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.

3 before, in the presence of, ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge, δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
; π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
; π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
; παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
; εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.

4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.

III Arc., = π. c. gen., from, καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).

C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,

I beside, near, by,

II along,

III past, beyond.

I beside, near, by:

1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to, ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.; βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.; ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.; φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.; ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
; καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.

2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases as ἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), ἔς ῥα θρόνους ἕζοντο παρ' Ἀτρεΐδην Μενέλαον Od.4.51
, cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.; π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
; καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460; ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46; παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c; ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c; στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
; τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45; τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
; κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
; τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί) ; εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3; ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.); Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
; τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; τᾶς παστάδος τᾶς παρ' Ἀπόλλωνα IG42
(1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.

b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.); τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13; πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.

3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc., βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.; τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
; τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; αἰχμὴ δ' ἐξελύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα 5.293
, cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.

4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with.., ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ἐξέτασον παρ' ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα D.18.265
; ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.

b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1; π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,

c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v. παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2); μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).

5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.

6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.

b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624; σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.

7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority, δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103; ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6; τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
; π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
; φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.; εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae); προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves) πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.

8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.); παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51; παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; παρ' οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν ἂν ὀλλύναι πόσεις E.Or. 569
; οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.

b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).

9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.); πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2); ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.

10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26; ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63; π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2; π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.

b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32; ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101; π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
; ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.

c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).

d throughout a period of time, π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
; π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
; π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.
δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
; π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.

II along, ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
; βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
; π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
; ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
; π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835; παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.

2 strictly according to, without deviating from, εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.

III past, beyond, παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12; βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.

2 metaph., over and above, in addition to, οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
; π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16; ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.

3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29; π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.

4 metaph., in transgression or violation of, π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
; π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.; π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14; π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69; π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.

5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); παρ' ὀλίγον ἢ διέφευγον ἢ ἀπώλλυντο Th.7.71
; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205; π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.

b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him), ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; παρὰ ἓν πάλαισμα ἔδραμε νικᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33
; παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4; δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5; ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.

6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies, τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5; μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.

7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); οὐδὲν ἂν παρ' ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο τούτων Lycurg.63
, cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224; παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.; παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5; π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.); π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).

8 of a limit of possibility, εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.

D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies, τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.

E παρά abs., as ADV., near, together, Il.1.611, al., E.IA 201 (lyr.).

F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.

G IN COMPOS.,

I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).

II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.

III to one side of, by, past, παρέρχομαι, παροίχομαι, παραπέμπω, παρακμάζω, παρατρέχω.

IV metaph.,

1 aside or beyond, i.e. amiss, wrong, παραβαίνω, παράγω, παροράω, παρορκέω, παρακούω, παραγιγνώσκω.

2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.

3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.

4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρά
18 παρασκευάζω

παρασκευάζω, [tense] fut. - άσω X.Cyr.1.6.18
(but [ per.] 3sg. - σκευᾷ Epicur. Nat.14.2
, [ per.] 2pl. - σκευᾶτε SIG1106.113
(Cos, iv/iii B. C.)): [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf. [voice] Pass. παρεσκευάδατο Hdt.7.218
, etc.: later sts.[full] παρασκεάζω, as παρεσκεασμένων IPE12.32B12
(Olbia, iii B.C.):—

A get ready, prepare, δεῖπνον Hdt.9.82
, Pherecr.172 ; στρατείαν Th.4.74
; ὀθόνια Ar. Ach. 1176
; πλοῖα Lys.13.26
; ἱππέας, ὅπλα, τριήρεις, X.Ages.1.24, Cyr.2.1.9, HG1.4.11 ; hold ready, τῆς θύρας παρεσκευασμένης Lys. 1.24
: κατασκευάζω is prop. fit out and prepare what one has, παρασκευάζω provide and prepare what one has not ; cf. κατασκευή 11
.

2 provide, procure, contrive, θανάτους τοῖς πέλας Antipho 1.28
; τῇ νηῒ οἶνον καὶ ἄλφιτα Th.3.49
; πᾶσαν ἡμῖν εὐδαιμονίαν Pl. Smp. 188d
, etc. ; ὀργὰς τοῖς ἀκούουσι κατά τινων π. Lys.1.28 : in bad sense, get up, ἀντίδοσιν ἐπί τινα D.28.17
; v. infr. B. 1.2.

3 make or render so and so, with part. or Adj., π. τὰ σώματα ἄριστα ἔχοντας, π. τινὰς ὅτι βελτίστους, X.Cyr.1.6.18, 5.2.19 ; τοὺς θεοὺς ἵλεως αὑτῷ π. Pl.Lg. 803e ; τοὺς κριτὰς τοιούτους π. Arist.Rh. 1387b17, cf. 1380b31 : c. inf., accustom, τὸ στράτευμα παρεσκευακέναι ὡς πόνον μηδένα ἀποκάμνειν accustom it not to.., X.HG7.5.19, cf. Eq.2.3 ; π. τὸν βίον αὑτῷ μηδὲν δεῖσθαί τινος Pl.R. 405c
; π. τινὰς τὴν τιμὴν ἀποδιδόναι PFlor.347.2
(V A. D.) ; π. ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται αἱ ψυχαί Pl.Grg. 503a
, cf. Ap. 39d ; π. τινῶν τὰς γνώμας, ὡς ἰτέον εἴη X.Cyr.2.1.21
; δεῖ παρασκευάσαι τὸν ἀκροατὴν ἐν τῷ προοιμίῳ D.H.Rh.10.13
.

4 adapt for a purpose, τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς [φύσιν] ἐπὶ τὰ ἔνδον ἔργα X.Oec. 7.22
; V. B. 11.

5 produce, cause, τοὺς ὄγκους καὶ τὰ καύματα Diocl. Fr.43
.

B [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass. :

I in proper sense of [voice] Med., get ready or prepare for oneself, ὅπλα ἐς τὰς γεφύρας Hdt.7.25
; π. τὰ πολέμια, ναυτικόν, στρατείαν, Th.1.18, 2.80, 4.70 ἑκατὸν νεῶν ἐπίπλουν τῇ Πελοποννήσῳ π. Id.2.56 ; τὸν γὰρ τοῦ πράττειν χρόνον εἰς τὸ παρασκευάζεσθαι ἀναλίσκομεν in preparation, D.4.37 ; τοῖον παλαιστὴν νῦν π. ἐπ' αὐτὸς αὑτῷ is preparing such an adversary for himself, A.Pr. 920.

2 in Oratt., procure, suborn persons as witnesses, partisans, etc., so as to obtain a verdict by fraud or force (cf. παρασκευή 1.3
) ; π. τοὺς συκοφάντας And.1.105
; ῥήτορας παρασκευασάμενοι Is.1.7
; ψευδεῖς λόγους ib.17 ; μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς παρεσκεύασται D.29.28
; π. τινὰς τῶν δημοτῶν bring them over to one's side, Id.44.39 : abs., form a party, intrigue, Is.10.1, D.27.2 :—so in [voice] Act., X.HG1.7.8, Is.8.3 ; παρασκευάζειν τινὶ δικαστήριον pack a jury to try him, Lys.13.12:—[voice] Pass., ὑπὸ σοῦ παρεσκευάσθη was 'squared' by you, D.20.145.

II [voice] Med. also abs., prepare oneself, make preparations, τῷ ναυτικῷ.. παρασκευασαμένῳ Th. 2.80
; παρασκευασάμενος μεγάλως Hdt. 9.15
; παρασκευάσασθαι ὥστε ἀμύνασθαι X.An.7.3.35
: in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. it may be regarded either as [voice] Pass. or [voice] Med., D.18.19, etc. ; π. ἐς ναυμαχίην, μάχην, Hdt.9.96,99 ; π. πρός τι Th.3.69
, etc. ; στρατεύεσθαι π. Hdt. 1.71, cf. A.Ag. 353, Ar.Av. 227 : c. [tense] fut. inf., X.Cyr.7.5.12.

2 freq. folld. by ὡς with [tense] fut. part., παρεσκευάσαντο ὡς πολιορκησόμενοι Hdt. 5.34
; π. ὡς ἐλῶν Id.2.162
, cf. 9.122 ; π. ὡς ναυμαχήσοντες (expressed just above by ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν) Th.4.13 ; ὡς προσβαλοῦντες ib.8 ; π. ὡς μάχης ἐσομένης X.HG4.2.18
, cf. Cyr.3.2.8 : c. [tense] fut. part. without ὡς, τέχνῃ παρεσκευάζετο ἐπιθησόμενος Th.5.8
, cf. 6.54, 7.17, X.HG4.1.41 ; also π. ὅπως ἐσβαλοῦσιν ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν Th.2.99
, cf. Pl. Tht. 183d.

3 in [tense] pf. παρεσκεύασμαι, to be ready, prepared, κάρτα εὖ παρεσκευασμένοι Hdt.3.150
; τράπεζαι.. παρεσκ. Ar.Ec. 839 ; λῃστρικώτερον π. equipped in pirate fashion, Th.6.104 ; παρεσκ. ἔρχομαι ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον Pl.Phd. 91b
; εὖ παρεσκ. καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώματα X.Oec.5.13
; ἐς τὴν πολιορκίην παρεσκευάδατο v.l. in Hdt.3.150 ; παρεσκευάδατο ὡς ἀπολεόμενοι Id.7.218
; ταῖς ψυχαῖς παρεσκευας μένους ὡς χεῖρας ξυμμείξοντας X.Cyr.2.1.11
: folld. by ὥστε c. inf., παρεσκευάσμεθ' ὥστε κατθανεῖν E.HF 1241
; παρεσκευάσθαι ὡς ἱκανοὶ εἶναι X.Cyr.4.2.13
: c. inf. only, δρᾶν παρεσκευασμένος A.Th. 440
, E.Heracl. 691, cf. A.Ag. 1422, Ar.Nu. 607, etc.: so in [tense] aor., ὥστε ἂν.. παρασκευασθῶσιν οὕτως ἔχειν Arist.Rh. 1388a26
.

4 [voice] Med., = exonerare alvum, LXX 1 Ki. 24.4.

III παρεσκευάσθαι τι to be prepared or provided with a thing, ἀδίκῳ δόξαν δικαιοσύνης παρεσκευας μένῳ Pl.R. 365b
; π. λαμπρὸν ἱμάτιον Thphr.Char.21.11
.

IV in [voice] Pass., of things, to be got ready, prepared, ἐπειδὴ παρεσκεύαστο when preparations had been made, Th.4.67 ; τούτῳ ἄριστα παρεσκεύασται ζῆν Pl.Mx. 248a
; in Hdt.9.100, for ὡς παρεσκευάδατο τοῖσι Ἕλλησι, Reiske proposed παρεσκεύαστο.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρασκευάζω
19 πλαγιάζω

πλᾰγι-άζω, ([etym.] πλάγιος)

A turn sideways, τὸν ἵππον Poll.1.204
; in wrestling, throw sideways, Id.3.155 ; of ships, π. πρὸς ἀντίους τοὺς ἐτησίας sail athwart the trade-winds, Luc.Nav.9; dub. sens. in App. BC5.88.

2 hold aslant, κάτοπτρον Ach.Tat.Intr.Arat.21
.

3 [voice] Pass., πλαγιαζέσθω τὰ τρήματα let the holes be made obliquely, Apollod.Poliorc.151.6; κύλινδρος ἀπὸ τῆς ὀρθότητος -ασθείς Hierocl. in CA 24p.474M.

4 lead astray, LXXEz.14.5 ; pervert, ἐπ' ἀδίκοις δίκαιον ib.Is.29.21 : abs., use tortuous methods, π. καὶ τεχνιτεύειν Ph.2.432
; π. ἢ φωνὴν ἢ πρᾶξιν in word or deed, Plu.Dem.13.

II strike with the flat of the sword, D.C.40.53 ([voice] Pass.).

III Gramm., inflect, decline, Sch.rec.S.El. 365.

2 [voice] Pass., πεπλαγίασται ὁ λόγος, of Tragic irony, Sch.S.OT 137, 1183.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πλαγιάζω
20 πολιτεύω

πολῑτεύω, [tense] fut.

A - σω Th.1.19
, X.HG2.3.2:— to be a citizen or freeman, live in a free state, Th.2.46, 3.34,4.114, X.An.3.2.26; οἴκοι π. SIG306.21
(Tegea, iv B. C.); π. παρά τισι X.HG1.5.19
; πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ, = μετοικῶν, Schwyzer 425.5 (Elis, iii/ii B.C.); κατὰ νόμους π., opp. monarchy, Plb.4.76.2: more freq. in [voice] Med., v. infr.

2 have a certain form of government, administer the state, κατ' ὀλιγαρχίαν π. Th.1.19
, 3.62; π. ὥσπερ εἰώθεσαν Id.4.130
; κατὰ τὰ ἴδια κέρδη π. Id.2.65
; πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον κέρδος X.HG1.4.13
; ἐλευθέρως τὰ πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν π. Th.2.37
:—[voice] Pass., of the state, to be governed, τὰς εὖ -ευομένας πόλεις Isoc.6.35
, cf. Pl.R. 427a, etc.; ἄνευ ὁμονοίας οὔτ' ἂν πόλις εὖ -ευθείη X. Mem.4.4.16
; τὰ πεπολιτευμένα αὐτοῖς the measures of their administration, D.1.28; τὰ κοινῇ πεπ. Id.18.8
, cf. Isoc.16.45, etc.

b [voice] Pass., in Law, to be customary, τὸ μέχρι νῦν -ευόμενον Just.Nov.73.8.2
, cf. 52 Praef.; ἡ -ευομένη τῆς ἀρτάβης (sc. τιμή) customary price, PGiss. 105.7 (v A.D.).

3 [voice] Pass., to be made a citizen, τοὺς ἐπὶ Τέλωνος πολιτευθέντας D.S.11.72
.

B most freq. in [voice] Med., [tense] fut. πολιτεύσομαι Ar.Eq. 1365
, X.Ath. 3.9: [tense] aor. ἐπολιτευσάμην And.2.10
, D.18.207; also [voice] Pass. ἐπολιτεύθην Th.6.92
, Lys.26.5, ([etym.] ἐν-) Isoc.5.5, etc.: [tense] pf. πεπολίτευμαι Lys.25.10
, D.13.35, etc.:—like the [voice] Act., live as a free citizen, chiefly in Prose (once in E. (v. infr.), twice in Ar. (v. infr.)); π. μεθ' ὑμῶν And.
l. c.; ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ X.Cyr.1.1.1
, etc.; ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ νόμοις ἐξ ἴσου D.10.4
; opp. μετοικέω, Lys.12.20; ἐν εἰρήνῃ X.HG2.4.22
; ἀδίκως πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους π. Lys.14.42
; εἰ πένης.. λαὸς πολιτεύοιτο πλουσίων ἄτερ E.Fr.21
.

II take part in the government, Critias 45 D., Th.2.15 (as v.l.), Nausiph.2, Hyp.Eux.27, D.18.18; meddle with politics, Pl.R. 561d; opp. ἰδιωτεύειν, Aeschin.1.195; hold public office, show public spirit, IG4.858 (Methana, cf. Glotta14.78), SIG850.14 (Epist. Antonini Pii), etc.

2 c. acc., administer, govern, ἅπαντα Ar.Lys. 573
; τὰ καθ' αὑτοὺς πολιτεύεσθαι D.10.74
; ἃ καὶ πεποίηκα καὶ πεπολίτευμαι Id.18.4
; οὐ τὰ βέλτιστα π. ib.207; π. πόλεμον ἐκ πολέμου make perpetual war the principle of government, Aeschin.2.177: abs., conduct the government, Ar.Eq. 1365; κατὰ συμμορίας D. 2.29
; διὰ τοὺς ἀδίκως -ομένους ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ δημοκρατία γίγνεται Lys.25.27
; τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πεπολιτευμένοις D.2.4
; οἱ πολιτευόμενοι the ministers, Id.3.30, 24.157.

III have a certain form of government, τοὺς ἄριστα τῶν ἄλλων πολιτευομένους Isoc.3.24
; ἡμῶν ἐγγὺς π. Pl.R. 568b
; κατὰ τὰ πάτρια π. Decr. ap. And.1.83; οἱ τὴν ἄνισον πολιτείαν πολιτευόμενοι, i. e. those living in an oligarchy or a tyranny, Aeschin.1.5.

IV serve as curialis, Mitteis Chr. 97i18 (iv A. D.), PLips. 62i2 (iv A. D.), POxy.2106.19 (iv A.D.), etc.

V in Law, execute according to custom, διαθήκας Just.Nou.66.1
Intr.

VI deal with, in private affairs, ἀλλήλοις PHib.1.63.11
(iii B. C.); πρὸς [τοὺς θεοὺς] ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως UPZ144.14
, cf. 110.78 (ii B.C.), LXX 2 Ma.11.25, Aristeas 31, Act.Ap.23.1; π. πᾶσαν πολιτείαν κατὰ τὸν ἰουδαϊσμόν BCH56.293
(Stobi, i/ii A. D.); behave, Ep.Phil.1.27.

b metaph., arrange, bring about, συνοδίαν, γάμον, Charito 1.1, 2.2.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πολιτεύω

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

hold — 1 verb past tense and past participle held IN YOUR HANDS/ARMS 1 a) (T) to have something firmly in your hand or arms: He was holding a knife in one hand. | Can you hold the groceries for me while I open the door? | I held the baby in my arms. |… … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
hold back — verb 1. hold back, as of a danger or an enemy; check the expansion or influence of (Freq. 4) Arrest the downward trend Check the growth of communism in South East Asia Contain the rebel movement Turn back the tide of communism • Syn: ↑check, ↑ … Useful english dictionary
Hold Me Down — Studio album by You Me at Six Released 11 January 2010 (see … Wikipedia
Hold It Against Me — «Hold It Against Me» Sencillo de Britney Spears del álbum Femme Fatale Publicación 11 de enero de 2011 … Wikipedia Español
hold a gun to someone's head — hold a gun to (someone s) head to use threats to get what you want. No one held a gun to her head and made her live with the guy she made that bad decision all on her own. Etymology: based on the literal meaning of hold a gun to somebody s head( … New idioms dictionary
hold a gun to head — hold a gun to (someone s) head to use threats to get what you want. No one held a gun to her head and made her live with the guy she made that bad decision all on her own. Etymology: based on the literal meaning of hold a gun to somebody s head( … New idioms dictionary
MADE clothing — est une entreprise de vêtements créés par Joel et Benji Madden du groupe de musique Good Charlotte. Les vêtements sont portés par les membres du groupe. En 2006, la collection change de nom pour DCMA Collective. Liens externes (fr)MADE Clothing… … Wikipédia en Français
Made clothing — est une entreprise de vêtements créés par Joel et Benji Madden du groupe de musique Good Charlotte. Les vêtements sont portés par les membres du groupe. En 2006, la collection change de nom pour DCMA Collective. Liens externes (fr)MADE Clothing… … Wikipédia en Français
Hold the Dream — is a British two part miniseries made in 1986, based on the novel of the same name by Barbara Taylor Bradford. A sequel to A Woman of Substance, it continues the story of Emma Harte, who is played by Deborah Kerr in both series, with Jenny… … Wikipedia
hold-over relief — England, Wales A capital gains tax deferral relief. The chargeable gain (chargeable gains) is not taxed when it arises, but instead is held over and added to the next gain which arises (if any). Hold over relief only applies to: • chargeable… … Law dictionary
hold something against somebody — ˌhold sth aˈgainst sb derived to allow sth that sb has done to make you have a lower opinion of them • I admit I made a mistake but don t hold it against me. Main entry: ↑holdderived … Useful english dictionary

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на все языки

made to hold

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на все языки

made to hold

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: